Sanskrit Dictionary


aṭṭālikā	अट्टालिका [अट्टाल, स्वार्थे कन्] 1 A palace, a lofty mansion, a house of two or more storeys. cf. Māna. -2 N. of a country. -Comp. -कारः [उपपद त.] a mason, a bricklayer (one who builds royal mansions; कुलटायां च शूद्रायां चित्रकारस्य वीर्यतः । भवेदट्टालिकाकारः पतितो जारदोषतः). -बन्धः [ष. त.] a kind of base or foundation in architecture; ˚न्धं बद्धःP.III.4.42.

adhiṣṭhita	अधिष्ठित p. p. [अधिष्ठा-क्त] 1 (Used actively) (a) Standing, being; दन्तान्तरमधिष्ठितम् Ms.5.141; (oft. with अ dropped; ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं ज्ञानगम्यं हृदि सर्वस्य धिष्ठितम् Bg.13.17.); वीरलोकमधिष्ठितस्तातः Mv.5 gone to; राजप्रसाद˚ Pt.1 being in or enjoying royal favour. (b) Possessed of, dependent on. (c) Directing, presiding over; धर्माधिकरणाधिष्ठित- पुरुषैः Pt.1. -2 (Passively) (a) Inhabited or resorted to by, occupied, possessed by; दनुकवन्धाधिष्ठितो दण्डकारण्य- भागः U. 1; लोकेशाधिष्ठितो राजा Ms.5.97; अचिराधिष्ठितराज्यः शत्रुः M.1.8 an enemy who has newly (not long ago) ascended the throne, a newly established king; अचिर˚ अधिकारः Dk. 64 newly established; so ग्रहेण possessed by; मयूर˚ K.97; ˚पुरोभागाम् K.1.13,147,152. (b) Full of, seized with, taken possession of, smitten, affected, overpowered; अनेनाधिष्ठितानां कामिनीनां K.236,161, 194; कामाधिष्ठितचेतसा H.1; Śi.13.39; (c) Watched over, guarded, superintended; रक्षापुरुषाधिष्ठिते प्रासादे Pt.1; आर्यारुन्धतीवसिष्ठाधिष्ठितेषु रघुकुलकदम्बकेषु U.2; प्रनष्ठाधिगतं द्रव्यं तिष्ठेद्युक्तैरधिष्ठितम् Ms.8.34. (d) Led, conducted, commanded by, presided over; साङ्ख्यमिव कपिलाधिष्ठितम् K.4; अनेनाधिष्ठितं भुवनतलम् 43,44,228; वसिष्ठाधिष्ठिता देव्यो गता राघवमातरः U.1.3; तव प्रतापाधिष्ठितेन उपायेन H.4 aided or supported; ताताधिष्ठितानामपि बलानाम् Ve.3; स्वामिनाधिष्ठितः श्वापि H.3.129. (e) Ridden, mounted upon; मूषकाधिष्ठितं तमवलोक्य Pt.2 with the mouse seated upon him; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया Ku.5.7.

anurakta	अनुरक्त p. p. 1 Reddened, dyed, coloured; सन्ध्यानुरक्ते जलदे दीप्ता विद्युदिवोज्ज्वला Rām.6.111.88. कुण्डलमणिप्रभानुरक्त- गण्डस्थलः K.17. -2 Pleased, contented; loved, beloved; loyal, loyally devoted; अनुरक्तः शुचिर्दक्षः Ms.7.64; गुणानुरक्तामनुरक्तसाधनः Ki.1.31 having all means favourable to him. -3 Glowing; तापानुरक्तमधुना कमलं ध्रुवमीहते जेतुम् । Nāg.3.1. ˚प्रजः-लोकः beloved by people; attached or devoted to, fond of (with loc. or acc.); अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः -अथ किम्-चन्द्रगुप्ते दृढमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः Mu.1; कथं वसन्तसेना आर्यचारुदत्तमनुरक्ता Mk.1; एषा भवन्त- मनुरक्ता Ś.6.19; अलभ्यमनुरक्तवान् कथय किंनु नारीजनम् Mu.6.

anurāga	अनुराग a. Become red, reddened. -गः 1 Redness. -2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. अपरागः); love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); आविर्भूतानुरागाः Mu.4.21; कण्टकितेन प्रथयति मय्यनुरागं कपोलेन Ś.3.14; R.3.1; बहलानुरागकुरुविन्ददलप्रतिबद्धमध्यमिव दिग्बलयम् Śi.9.8. ˚इङ्गितम् a gesture or external sign expressive of love; प्रसादस्तु शब्दः स्यादनुरागजः Ak. अनुरागिन् anurāgin अनुरागवत् anurāgavat अनुरागिन् अनुरागवत् a. 1 Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love; स वृद्धस्तस्यामतीवानुरागवान् H.1; सा केनापि वणिक्पुत्रेण सहानुरागवती बभूव ibid. -2 Causing or inspiring love. -णी Personification of a musical note.

abhiṣekaḥ	अभिषेकः 1 Sprinkling, watering, wetting. -2 Anointing, inaugurating or consecrating by sprinkling water (a king, idol &c.). ततो हि नः प्रियतरं नान्यत्किंचिद्भविष्यति । यथाभिषेको रामस्य Rām.2.17.11; अग्निहोत्राभिषेकौ Kau. A. 1.3. -3 (Particularly) Coronation, inauguration, installation (of kings); royal unction; अथाभिषेकं रघुवंशकेतोः R.14.7. -4 The (holy) water required at inauguration, coronation water; अमात्यपरिषदं ब्रूहि संभ्रियतामायुषो राज्याभिषेक इति V.5; यौवराज्य ˚ ibid.; R.17.14. -5 Bathing; ablution, holy or religious bathing; अभिषेकोत्तीर्णाय काश्यपाय Ś.4; अत्राभिषेकाय तपोधनानाम् R.13.51, 1.85, 1.63,13.58,14.82; K.22,36,96; Ku.5.16;7.11; Ś.7.12; H.4.87. -6 Bathing or sprinkling with water (of a divinity to whom worship is offered). -Comp. -अहः day of coronation. -शाला coronationhall.

arāṣṭram	अराष्ट्रम् Loss of a royal power or sovereignty.

arthaḥ	अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.

ādatta	आदत्त आत्त p. p. [आ -दा -क्त] 1 Taken, received, assumed, accepted; आत्तसारश्चक्षुषा स्वविषयः M.2; एवमा- त्तरतिः R.11.57; M.5.1; ˚हासः Ratn. 1 smiling; -2 Agreed to, undertaken, begun. -3 Attracted. -4 Drawn out, extracted; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य R.5. 26; ˚बलम् 11.76 taken away. -5 Seized, overpowered; दृष्ट्वाग्रे वरमात्तसाध्वसरसा गौरी नवे संगमे Ratn.1.2. -Comp. -गन्ध a. 1 having one's pride humbled, attacked, insulted, defeated; पक्षच्छिदा गोत्रभिदात्तगन्धाः R.13.7; केनात्तगन्धो माणवकः Ś.6. -2 already smelt (as a flower); आत्तगन्धमवधूय शत्रुभिः Śi.14.84 (where आ˚ has sense 1 also). -गर्व a. humiliated, insulted, degraded. -दण्ड a. assuming the royal sceptre; नियम- यसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś5.8. -मनस्क a. one whose mind is transported (with joy &c.). -लक्ष्मी a. stripped of wealth. -वचस् a. Ved. 1 destitute of speech. -2 having commenced speaking.

ādhirājyam	आधिराज्यम् [अधिराजस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] Royalty, sovereignty, supreme sway; बभौ भूयः कुमारत्वादाधिराज्य- मवाप्य सः R.17.3; Mu.2.

āvasathika	आवसथिक a. (-की f.) [आवसथे गृहे वसति ठक् Tv.] 1 Inhabiting a house. -2 Household, domestic. -3 Keeping a sacred fire in a house. -कः Prob. a supervisor of royal palace and other government buildings, including temples, rest-houses &c. EI.XXIII, pp.155 ff.

itvara	इत्वर a. (-री f.) [इ-क्वरप्] 1 Going; Rv.1.88.4. travelling, a traveller. -2 Cruel, harsh, Śiva. B.14. 16. -3 Low, vile. -4 Despised, contemned. -5 Poor. -रः A eunuch. -री 1 A disloyal or unchaste woman. -2 An abhisārikā q. v.

ina	इन a. 1 Able, strong, powerful, mighty. -2 Bold, determined. -3 Glorious. -नः 1 A lord, master. लोके भवाञ्जगदिनः कलयावतीर्णः Bhāg.1.7.27. -2 The sun; तपत्विनः Śi.2.65. भजति कल्पमिनः प्रतिपद्ययम् Rām. Ch.4.21. (cf. इनो भागो धामनिधिरंशुमाल्यब्जिनीपतिः Ak. -3 A king; न न महीनमहीनपराक्रमम् R.9.5. -4 The lunar mansion Hasta. -Comp. -कान्तः sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); Bh.2.37. यदचेतनो$ पि पादैः स्पृष्टः प्रज्वलति सवितुरिनकान्तः. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. P.II.4.23.

īśvara	ईश्वर a. (-रा, -री f.) [ईश्-वरच् P.III.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रिया- स्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11; R.15.7. -2 Rich, wealthy Pt.2.67. -रः 1 A lord, master; ईश्वरं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14; so कपीश्वरः, कोशलेश्वरः, हृदयेश्वरः &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; राज्यमस्तमितेश्वरम् R.12.11; Ms.4.153, 9.278. -3 A rich or great man; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71; R.3.46; Bh.3.59; मा प्रयच्छेश्वरे धनम् H.1.14; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle." -4 A husband; नेश्वरे परुषता सखि साध्वी Ki.9.39. -5 The Supreme God (परमेश्वर); ईश एवाहमत्यर्थं न च मामीशते परे । ददामि च सदैश्वर्य- मीश्वरस्तेन कीर्तितः ॥ Skanda P.; cf. also ईश्वरस्तु पर्जन्यवद् द्रष्टव्यः Brahmasūtra-Śāṅkarabhāṣya. -6 N. of Śiva; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (संवत्सर) of the Śālivāhana era. -रा, -री N. of Durgā; of Lakṣmī; or of one of the śaktis; ईश्वरीं सर्वभूतानां त्वामिहोपह्वये श्रियम् (श्रीसूक्तम्); -री 1 N. of several plants and trees; लिङ्गिनीलता, वन्ध्या- कर्कटी, क्षुद्रजटा and नाकुलीवृक्ष. -2 A rich woman. -Comp. -अधीन a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. -कान्तम् 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares (एकषष्टिसमाधिक्यं पदं नवशतायुतम् । एव- मीश्वरकान्तं स्यात् ...... Mānasāra 7.46-48. -कृष्णः N. of the author of Sāṅkhya Kārikā. -निषेधः denial of the existence of god, atheism. -निष्ठ a. trusting in god. -पूजक a. pious, devout. -पूजा worship of god. -प्रसादः divine favour. -भावः royal or imperial state; दानमीश्वर- भावाय Bg.18.43. -विभूतिः f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg.1.19-42. -सद्मन् n. a temple. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II.4.23. -सेवा worship of god.

ugra	उग्र a. [उच्-रन् गश्चान्तादेशः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); ˚दर्शनः having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; सिंहनिपातमुग्रम् R.2.5; Bg.11.3; Ms.6.75,12.75; ˚दन्तः, ˚नासिकः &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; उग्रातपां वेलाम् Ś.3 intensely hot. उग्रशोकाम् Me.115 v. l.; निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव Bv. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 High, noble. यत्र भगवानास्ते वाल्मीकिसुग्रधीः Rām.7.49.1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. -7 Ready to do any work, industrious. -ग्रः 1 N. of Śiva or Rudra; जघ्ने$द्भुतैणवपुषा$$श्रमतो$- पकृष्टो मारीचमाशु विशिखेन यथा कमुग्रः Bhāg.9.1.1. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kṣatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. क्षत्रियाच्छूद्रकन्यायां क्रूराचारविहारवान् । क्षत्रशूद्र- वपुर्जन्तुरुग्रो नाम प्रजायते ॥ Ms.1.9,13,15.). -3 N. of a tree शोभाञ्जनवृक्ष (Mar. शेवगा). -4 A group of five asterisms; their names are :- पूर्वाफल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढा, पूर्वाभाद्रपदा, मघा and भरणी. -5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called रौद्र. -7 Wind. -8 A royal attendant (like उग्र tribe); उग्राः प्रत्येनसः सूतग्रामण्यः Bṛi. Up.4.3.37. -ग्रा 1 N. of different plants; वचा, यवानी, धन्याक. (Mar. वेखंड, ओवा, मेथी). -2 A cruel woman. -ग्री A kind of being belonging to the class of demons; य उग्रीणामुग्रबाहुर्ययुः Av.4.24.2. -ग्रम् 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (वत्सनाभविषम्; Mar. बचनाग). -2 Wrath, anger. -Comp. -ईशः the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva. -कर्मन् n. fierce in action, cruel. -काण्डः a sort of gourd (कारवेल). -काली form of Durgā. -गन्ध a. strongsmelling. (-न्धः) 1 the Cahmpaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; कटुफल, अर्जकवृक्ष. -3 garlic. (-न्धा) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants; यवानी, वचा, अजमोदा. (-न्धम्) Asafœtida. -गन्धिन् a. strong-smelling. -चयः a strong desire. -चारिणी, -चण्डा N. of Durgā. -जाति a. base-born. -तारा N. of a goddess. -तेजस् a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy. -दंष्ट्र a. having terrific teeth. -दण्ड a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt.3. -ण्डः Stern rule; तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम् ॥ Bhāg.7.4.21. -दर्शन, -रूप a. frightful in appearance, fierce-looking, grim, terrible. -दुहितृ f. the daughter of a powerful man. -धन्वन् a. having a powerful bow. (m.) N. of Śiva and Indra; पिङ्गस्तमुग्रधन्वा कृणोतु हृदयाविधम् Av.8.6.18. -नासिक a. large-nosed. -पीठम् A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 36 equal parts (Mānasāra 7.7). -पुत्र a. born in a mighty family. (-त्रः) N. of Kārttikeya. -पूति a. horribly stinking; Māl.5.16. -रेतस् m. a form of Rudra. -वीर a. having powerful men. -वीर्यः Assafœtida (Mar. हिंग). -शासन a. strict in orders, severe in commands. -शेखरा 'crest of Śiva'. N. of the Ganges. -शोक a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. -श्रवस् (see वृद्धश्रवस्) N. of the son of रोमहर्षण. उग्रश्रवाः पुरा सूतो रोमहर्षणसंभवः Bm.1.2. -श्रवणदर्शन a. terrible to hear and see. -सेनः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kaṁsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛiṣṇa after having slain Kaṁsa restored him to the throne. (-ना) N. of the wife of Akrūra; ˚जः N. of Kaṁsa, the uncle and enemy of Krisna.

udbhedaḥ	उद्भेदः दनम् 1 Breaking through or out, becoming visible, appearance, display, manifestation, growth, development; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्द्विभिः Ś.4.5; उमास्तनो- द्भेदमनु प्रवृद्धः Ku.7.24; तं यौवनोद्भेदविशेषकान्तम् R.5.38; Śi.18.36; Mu.5.3. पुष्पोद्भेदं शरकिसलयैर्भूषणानां विशेषात् । Me;76. -2 Breaking, splitting; प्रस्तरोद्भेदयोग्यः U.3.25. -3 A spring, fountain. -4 Horripilation; as in पुलकोद्भेद, रोमोद्भेद. -5 Treason, betrayal.

upakaraṇam	उपकरणम् 1 Doing service or favour, helping, assisting. -2 Material, implement, instrument, means; यथैवोपकरणवतां जीवितं तथैव ते जीवितं स्यात् Bṛi. Up.2.4.2.; स्वेषूपकरणेषु U.5; ˚द्रव्यम् Mk.3; उपकरणीभावमायाति U.3.3 serve as helping instruments, or assistants; परोप- कारोपकरणं शरीरम् K.27; so स्नान˚ bathing materials; Pt.1; व्यायाम˚ athletic materials; आत्मा परोपकरणीकृतः H.2.24; K.8,12,198,24; Y.2.276, Ms.9.27. -3 An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphernalia (in general). -4 Means of subsistence, anything supporting life. -5 A means or expedient; कर्म˚, वेद˚, यज्ञ˚ &c. -6 Fabricating, composing, elaborating. -7 The insignia of royalty. -8 The attendants of a king. -Comp. -अर्थ a. Suitable, requisite.

upakāraḥ	उपकारः 1 Service, help, assistance, favour, kindness, obligation (opp. अपकार); अशक्यो द्रव्यपदार्थिकेन द्रव्यस्य गुणकृत उपकारः प्रतिज्ञातुम् Mbh. on P.II.1.1. उपकारापकारौ हि लक्ष्यं लक्षणमेतयोः Śi.2.37; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4,3.73; Y.3.284; Pt.1.22; उपकारे वृत् to be of service or useful (to another); -2 Preparation. -3 Ornament, decoration. -4 Particularly, flowers, garlands &c. suspended at gate-ways as embellishments on festive occasions. -री 1 A royal tent, palace. -2 Caravansera.

ऩupakārya	ऩउपकार्य a. 1 Deserving assistance or favour, fit to be assisted. -र्या A royal house, palace; रम्यां रघुप्रतिनिधिः स नवोपकार्यां बाल्यात्परामिव दशां मदनोध्युवास R.5.63; a royal tent; तस्योपकार्यारचितोपचाराः 5.41.11.93,13.79,16.55,73.

upacāraḥ	उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9.

upadhā	उपधा 1 Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; उपधाभिश्च यः कश्चित्परद्रव्यं हरेन्नरः Ms.8.193. -2 Trial or test of honesty, (भेदोपजापौ उपधा धर्माद्यैर्यत्परी- क्षणम्); (said to be of 4 kinds:- 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage i. e. धर्मोपधा Religious allurement, अर्थोपधा Monetary allurement, कामोपधा Love allurement, भयोपधा Allurement under the pressure of fear. 'भिया धर्मार्थकामैश्च परीक्षा या तु सोपधा' इत्यभिधान- चिन्तामणिः); (शोधयेत्) धर्मोपधाभिर्विप्रांश्च सर्वाभिः सचिवान् पुनः Kālikā P. उपधाभिः शौचाशौचज्ञानममात्यानाम् । Kau. A.1.1; अमात्यानुपधातीनान् Mb.15.5.14. -3 A means or expedient; अयशोभिदुरा लोके कोपधा महणादृते Śi.19.58. -4 (In gram.) A penultimate letter (अन्त्याद्वर्णात्पूर्वं उपधा). अलोन्त्यात् पूर्व उपधा P.I.1.65. -Comp. -भृतः a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty. -लोपः Elision of the penultimate letter (e. g. in the case of a बहुव्रीहि compound ending in अन्) P.IV.1.28. -शुचि a. tried, of approved loyalty.

upanirgamaḥ	उपनिर्गमः A main or royal road.

upaniṣkramaṇam	उपनिष्क्रमणम् 1 Going out, issuing. -2 One of the Saṁskāras or religious rites, i. e. taking out a child for the first time into the open air (which is usually performed in the fourth month of its age); cf. चतुर्थे मासि कर्तव्यं शिशोर्निष्क्रमणं गृहात् Ms.2.34. -3 A main or royal road.

upavāhyaḥ	उपवाह्यः ह्या 1 A king's riding elephant (male or female); चन्द्रगुप्तोपवाह्यां गजवशाम् Mu.2. -2 A royal vehicle (in general); देवोपवाह्यमक्षय्यं सदा दृष्टिमनःसुखम् Rām.7.15.38.

lṝ	लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.

aiśvara	ऐश्वर a. [ईश्वर-अण्] (री f.) 1 Belonging to or produced by a lord or the Supreme Being, majestic. पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् Bg.9.5,11.3,9. -2 Powerful, mighty. -3 Belonging to Śiva; ऐश्वरं धनुरभाजि यत्त्वया R.11.76. -4 Supreme, royal. -5 Divine. -रम् Supremacy, power; ऐकान्तधाम यशसः श्रिय ऐश्वरस्य Bhāg.1.44.13. -री N. of Durgā. -Comp. -कारमिकः A Naiyāyika; Hch.8.

aupavāhya	औपवाह्य a. [उपवाह्य स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Serving for riding on; औपवाह्यं रथं युक्त्वा त्वमायाहि हयोत्तमैः Rām.2.39.1. -2 Drawn for pleasure (as a carriage). -ह्यः 1 A king's elephant. -2 Any royal vehicle. औपवाह्यः कुबेरस्य सार्वभौम इति स्मृतः Rām.4.43.34.

kakud	ककुद् f. 1 A summit, peak. -2 Chief, head; see ककुद below; अग्निर्मूर्धा दिवः ककुत् Rv.8.44.16. -3 The hump on the shoulders of the Indian bull; ककुद्दोषणीं याचते महादेवः Mbh. on VI.1.63. ककुदे वृषस्य कृतबाहुम् Ki.12.2; R.4.22. -4 A horn. -5 An ensign or symbol of royalty (as the छत्र, चामर &c.); 'ककुद्धत्ककुदं श्रेष्ठे वृषाङ्के राजलक्ष्मणि' इति विश्वः; नृपतिककुदं दत्त्वा यूने सितातपवारणम् R.3.7. -6 Any projecting corner; Bhāg.5.25.7. -7 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Dharma. According to Pāṇini V.4.146-147 ककुद् is the form to be substituted for ककुद in adj. or Bah. comps.; e. g. त्रिककुद्. -Comp. -स्थः [ककुदि तिष्ठतीति] an epithet of Purañjaya, son of Śaśāda, a king of the solar race, and a descendant of Ikṣvāku; इक्ष्वाकुवंश्यः ककुदं नृपाणां ककुत्स्थ इत्याहितलक्षणो$भूत R.6.71. [Mythology relates that, when in their war with the demons, the gods were often worsted, they, headed by Indra, went to the powerful king Purañjaya, and requested him to be their friend in battle. The latter consented to do so, provided Indra carried him on his shoulders. Indra accordingly assumed the form of a bull, and Purañjaya, seated on its hump, completely vanquished the demons. Purañjaya is, therefore, called Kakutstha 'standing on a hump'].

kakudaḥ	ककुदः दम् 1 The peak or summit of a mountain. -2 A hump (on the shoulders of an Indian bull). किं यत्तत्सास्नालाङ्गूलककुदखुरविषाण्यर्थरूपं स शब्दः Mbh.I.1.1. -3 Chief, foremost, pre-eminent; ककुदं वेदविदां तपोधनश्च Mk.1.5; इक्ष्वाकुवंश्यः ककुदं नृपाणाम् R.6.71. -4 A sign or symbol of royalty; नृपतिककुदम् R.3.7,17,27. -5 A species of serpent.

kakṣaḥ	कक्षः 1 A lurking or hiding place; क्रोष्टा वराहं निरतक्त कक्षात् Rv.1.28.4. -2 The end of the lower garment; see कक्षा. -3 A climbing plant, creeper. -4 Grass, dry grass; यतस्तु कक्षस्तत एव वह्निः R.7.55,11.75; यथोद्धरति निर्दाता कक्षं धान्यं च रक्षति Ms.7.11. -5 A forest of dead trees, dry wood; Bṛī. Up.2.9.7. -6 The arm-pit; ˚अन्तर Pt.1 the cavity of the armpit; प्रक्षिप्योदर्चिषं कक्षे शेरते ते$भिमारुतम् Śi.2.42. -7 The harem of a king. -8 The interior of a forest; आशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; कक्षान्तरगतो वायुः Rām. -9 The side of flank (of anything); ते सरांसि सरित्कक्षान् Rām.4.47.2. -1 A woman's girdle; as in आबद्धनिबिडकक्षैः. -11 A surrounding wall. -12 A part of a boat. -13 The orbit of a planet. -14 A buffalo. -15 A gate; उपेत्य स यदुश्रेष्टो बाह्यकक्षाद्विनिर्गतः Mb.2.2.12. -16 The Beleric Myrobalan or Terminalia Belerica (Mar. गुग्गुळ, बेह़डा). -17 A marshy ground. -क्षा 1 Painful boils in the arm-pit. -2 An elephant's rope; also his girth. -3 A woman's girdle or zone; a girdle, waist-band (in general); 'कक्षा बृहति- कायां स्यात्काञ्च्यां मध्येभबन्धने' इति विश्वः; युघे परैः सह दृढबद्ध- कक्षया Śi.17.24. -4 A surrounding wall; a wall, -5 The waist, middle part; एते हि विद्युद्गुणबद्धकक्षा Mk.5.21. -6 A courtyard; area, Rām.4.33.19 (सप्तकक्षा); त्रीणि गुल्मान्यतीयाय तिस्रः कक्षाश्च स द्विजः Bhāg.1.8.16. -7 An enclosure. -8 An inner apartment, a private chamber; room in general; 'कक्षा कच्छे वस्त्रायां काञ्च्यां गेहे प्रकोष्ठके' इति यादवः; Ku.7.7; Ms.7.224; गृहकलहंसकान- नुसरन् कक्षान्तरप्रधावितः K.63,182; कक्षासु रक्षितैर्दक्षैस्तार्क्ष्यः सर्पेष्विवापतत् Parṇāl.3.38. -9 A harem. -1 Similarity. -11 An upper garment; दुर्योधनो हस्तिनं पद्मवर्णं सुवर्णकक्षम् Mb.6.2.7. -12 Objection or reply in argument (in Logic &c.). -13 Emulation or rivalry. -14 A secluded part of an edifice; गत्वा कक्षान्तरं त्वन्यत् Ms.7.224. -15 A particular part of a carriage. -16 The jeweller's weight, Rati. -17 The end of the lower garment which, after the cloth is girt round the lower part of the body, is brought up behind and tucked into the waistband (Mar. कांसोटा) -18 Tying up the waist. -19 The wrist. -2 Border or lace; स्वर्णकक्ष- पताकाभिः Bhāg.9.1.37. -21 The basin of a balance (कक्षः also). -क्षम् 1 A star. -2 Sin. -Comp. -अग्निः wild fire, conflagration; कक्षाग्निलङ्घिततरोरिव वृष्टिपातः R.11.92. -अन्तरम् inner or private apartment. -अवेक्षकः 1 a superintendent of the harem. -2 a keeper of a royal garden. -3 a door-keeper. -4 a poet. -5 a debauchee. -6 a player; painter. -7 an actor. -8 a paramour. -9 strength of feeling or sentiment (Wilson). -उत्था a fragrant grass, (भद्रमुस्ता Cyperus, Mar. नागरमोथा). -धरम् the shoulder-joint. -पः 1 a tortoise. -2 one of the 9 treasures of Kubera. -(क्षा) पटः a cloth passed between the legs to cover the privities. -पुटः 1 the arm-pit. -2 N. of a work on magic. -रुहा = नागरमुस्ता q. v. -शायः, -युः a dog. -स्थ a. seated on the hip or the flank.

kaṭaḥ	कटः 1 A straw mat; Ms.2.24. -2 The hip; Mb.13.53.42. -3 Hip and loins; the hollow above the hips. -4 The temples of an elephant; कण्डूयमानेन कटं कदाचित् R.2.37,3.37,4.47. -5 A particular throw of the dice in hazard; नर्दितदर्शितमार्गः कटेन विनिपातितो यामि Mk.2.8. -6 A kind of grass; दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377. -7 Excess (as in उत्कट). -8 A corpse; कट- धूमस्य सौरभ्यमवघ्राय व्रजौकसः Bhāg.1.6.41. -9 A hearse, bier. -1 An arrow. -11 A custom. -12 A cemetery, burial ground. -13 A time or season. -14 The plant Saccharum Sara (शर). -15 An annual plant. -16 Grass (in general). -17 A thin piece of wood, plank. -18 See कटाक्ष; घ्नन्तीवैक्षत्कटाक्षेपौः Bhāg.1.32.6. -टी Long pepper. -टम् Dust of flowers. -Comp. -अक्षः a glance, a side-long look, leer; गाढं निखात इव मे हृदये कटाक्षः Māl.1.29; also 25, 28; Me. 37. ˚मुष्ट a. caught by a glance. ˚विशिखः an arrow-like look of love. -अग्निः a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the straw placed round a criminal to be burnt. दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377; Y.2.282. -अन्तः the extremity of the temples; आताम्राभा रोषभाजः कटान्तात् Śi.18.42. -उदकम् 1 water for a funeral libation; कृत्वा कटोदकादीनि भ्रातुःपुत्रानसान्त्वयत् Bhāg.7.2.17, -2 rut, ichor (issuing from an elephant's temples). -कारः a mixed tribe (of low social position); (शूद्रायां वैश्यतश्चौर्यात् कटकार इति स्मृतः Uśanas). -कुटिः m. A straw hut; स्वलंकृताः कटकुटिकम्बलाम्बराद्युपस्करा ययुरधियुज्य सवतः Bhāg. 1.71.16. -कृत् m. A plaiter of straw mats; ददार करजैर्वक्षस्येरकां कटकृद्यथा Bhāg.1.3.18. -कोलः a spittingpot. -खादक a. eating much, voracious. (-कः) 1 a jackal. -2 a crow. -3 a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl. -घोपः a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen. -पूतनः, -ना a kind of departed spirits; अमेध्यकुणपाशी च क्षत्रियः कटपूतनः Ms.12.71; उत्तालाः कटपूतनाप्रभृतयः सांराविणं कुर्वते Māl.5.11. (पूतन v. l.); also 23. -पूर्णः Designation of an elephant in the first stage of must; Mātaṅga. L. -प्रभेदः opening of the temples, appearance of rut; बभूव तेनातितरा सुदुःसहः कटप्रभेदेन करीव पार्थिवः R.3.37. -प्रू a. acting by will. (-प्रूः) 1 Śiva. -2 an imp or goblin. -3 one who gambles or plays with dice. -4 a worm. -5 a kind of demi-god, (of the class of Vidyādharas). -प्रोथः, -थम् the buttocks. -भङ्गः 1 gleaning corn with the hands. -2 any royal calamity or misfortune. -3 To break through a close rank of the army; 'कटभङ्गस्तु सस्यानां हस्तच्छेदे नृपात्यये' इति मेदिनी. -भीः N. of several plants ज्योतिष्मती, अपराजिता &c. -भू f. The cheek of an elephant; कण्डूयतः कटभुवं करिणो मदेन Śi.5.46. -मालिनी wine or any vinous liquor. -व्रणः N. of Bhīmasena. -शर्करा 1 a fragment of a mat broken off or of straw. -2 N. of a plant, (गाङ्गेष्टी). -स्थलम् 1 the hips and loins. -2 an elephant's temples. -स्थालम् A corpse.

kaṭakaḥ	कटकः कम् 1 A bracelet of gold; कटकाकृतिमुपमृद्य स्वस्तिकः क्रियन्ते Mbh. on I.1.1. आबद्धहेमकटकां रहसि स्मरामि Ch. P.15; Śi.16.77; कटकान्यूर्मिकाश्चापि चित्ररत्न- चयाङ्किताः Śiva. B.17.44. -2 A zone or girdle. -3 A string. -4 The link of a chain. -5 A mat. -6 seasalt. -7 The side or ridge of a mountain; प्रफुल्लवृक्षैः कटकैरिव स्वैः Ku.7.52; R.16.31. -8 Table-land; स्फटिककटकभूमिर्नाटयत्येष शैलः Śi.4.65. -9 An army, a camp; आकुल्यकारि कटकस्तुरगेण तूर्णम् Śi.5.59; Mu.5. -1 A royal capital or metropolis (राजधानी). -11 A house or dwelling. -12 A circle or wheel. -13 A ring placed as an ornament upon an elephant's tusk. -14 N. of the capital of Orissa. -Comp. -गृहः A lizard.

kanakam	कनकम् Gold; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Me.2,39,67. -कः 1 The Palāś tree. -2 The Dhattūra tree (several other plants as गुग्गुळ, चन्दन, चम्पक &c.) -3 Mountain ebony. -Comp. -अङ्गदम् a gold bracelet. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -गिरिः, -शैलः epithets of the mountain Sumeru; अधुना कुचौ ते स्पर्धेते किल कनकाचलेन सार्धम् Bv.2.9. -अध्यक्षः the treasurer. -आह्वः the धत्तूर tree. (-ह्वम्) = नागकेशर. -आलुका a golden jar or vase. -आह्वयः the Dhattūra tree. (-यम्) a flower. -कदली A species of plantain; क्रीडाशैलः कनककदलीवेष्टनप्रेक्षणीयः Me.79. -कारः A goldsmith. -क्षारः borax. -टङ्कः a golden hatchet. -दण्डम्, -दण्डकम् (golden-sticked) the royal parasol. -दण्डिका a golden sheath for a sword &c.; Mu.2. -निकषः a streak of gold (rubbed on a touch-stone). -पट्टम् Gold brocade cloth; पीतं कनक- पट्टाभं स्रस्तं तद्वसनं शुभम् Rām.5.15.45. -पत्रम् an earornament made of gold; जीवेति मङ्गलवचः परिहृत्य कोपात् कर्णे कृतं कनकपत्रमनालपन्त्या Ch. P.1. -परागः gold-dust. -पर्वतः The mountain Meru; Mb.12. -पलः a kind of fish. (-लम्) a weight of gold (equal to 16 Maṣakas or about 28 grains). -प्रभ a. bright as gold. (-भा) the महाज्योतिष्मती plant. -प्रसवा the स्वर्णकेतकी plant. -भङ्गः a piece of gold. -रम्भा the स्वर्णकदली plant. -रसः 1 a yellow orpiment. -2 fluid gold. -शक्तिः N. of Kārttikeya. -सूत्रम् a gold necklace; काक्या कनकसूत्रेण कृष्णसर्पो विनाशितः Pt.1.27. -स्थली 'a land of gold', gold mine.

kala	कल a. [ कल्- घञ्] 1 Sweet and indistinct (अस्पष्टमधुर); कर्णे कलं किमपि रौति H.1.78; सारसैः कलनिर्ह्रादैः R.1.41,8. 59; M.5.1. वाग्भिः कलाभिर्ललितैश्च हावैः Bu. Ch.2.3. (Hence -2 Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, निशासु भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12; कल- किङ्किणीरवम् Śi.9.74,82; कलमेखलाकलकलः 6.14,4.57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorous. -7 Full. दीनस्य ताम्राश्रुकलस्य राज्ञः Rām.2.13.24. -ला 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās. -3 (-m. pl.) A class of manes. -लम् Semen. -Comp. अङ्कुरः the Sārasa bird. -अनु- वादिन् m. 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अविकलः a sparrow. -आलापः 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; स्फुरत्- कलालापविलासकोमला करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकधिकम् K.2. -3 a bee. -उत्ताल a. high, sharp. -कण्ठ a. having a sweet voice. (-ण्ठः) (ण्ठी f.) 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a goose, swan. -3 a pigeon. -कलः 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; चलितया विदधे कलमेखलाकलकलो$लकलोलदृशान्यया Śi.6.14; नेपथ्ये कलकलः (in dramas); Bh.1.27,37; Amaru.31. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 resin, pitch. -कूजिका, -कूणिका a wanton woman. -घोषः the (Indian) cuckoo. -चु(चू)रिः N. of a royal family; B. R. -तूलिका a wanton or lascivious woman. -धूतम् silver. -धौतम् 1 silver; कलधौतधौत- शिलवेश्मनां रुचौ Śi.13.21,4.41. -2 gold; विमलकलधौत- त्सरुणा खड्गेन Ve.3. कन्येयं कलधौतकोमलरुचिः कीर्तिस्तु नातः परा Mahār. -3 a low or pleasing tone. ˚लिपि f. 1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; मरकतशकलकलितकलधौतलिपेरिव रतिजय- लेखम् Gīt.8. -ध्वनिः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the (Indian) cuckoo. -नाद a. having a low and sweet tone. (-दः) a swan; see कलध्वनि. -भाषणम् lisping, the prattle of childhood. -रवः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a dove. -3 the (Indian) cuckoo. -विशुद्ध a. soft and clear; Ś.5. -व्याघ्रः a mongrel breed between a tigress and panther. -हंसः 1 a gander, a swan; वधूदुकूलं कलहंस- लक्षणम् Ku.5.67. -2 a duck, drake; Bk.2.18; कलमन्य- भृतासु भाषितं कलहंसीषु मदालसं गतम् R.8.59. -3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king.

kalatram	कलत्रम् 1 A wife; वसुमत्या हि नृपाः कलत्रिणः R.8.83; 1.32;12.34; यद्भर्तुरेव हितमिच्छति तत्कलत्रम् Bh.2.68. -2 The female of an animal. -3 The hip and loins; इन्दुमूर्तिमिवोद्दाममन्मथविलासगृहीतगुरुकलत्राम् K.189 (where क˚ has both senses); Ki.8.9,17. -4 Any royal citadel. -5 The seventh lunar mansion.

kesarāla	केसराल a. Rich in filaments; Kāvyāl.5.2.34.

kaulaṭeraḥ	कौलटेरः [P.IV.1.127] A bastard, son or daughter of a disloyal wife. -2 the child of a beggar.

khādyaṭapākika	खाद्यटपाकिक (? खाद्यादृपाकिक possibly) The head of superintendents of the royal kitchen; GI.2.

gavayaḥ	गवयः A species of ox; गोसदृशो गवयः T. S.; दृष्टः कथंचिद्गवयैर्विविग्नैः Ku.1.56; Ṛs.1.23. -यी The female Gayal.

catur	चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.] -Comp. -अंशः a fourth part. -अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 a sort of chess. -अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25. -अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग. -अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand. -2 four fingers broad. -अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19. -अन्ता the earth. -अशीत a. eighty-fourth. -अशीति a. or f. eighty four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि) 1 four cornered, quardrangular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32. (-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square. -2 a quardrangular figure. -3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions. -अहन् a period of four days. -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb. -आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तर a. increased by four. -उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper. -कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99. -ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान् ... Bk.9.62. -कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure. -गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul. -2 a tortoise. -गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen. -गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple. -चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth. -चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32. -णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'. -दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -दश a. fourteenth. -दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka :-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥). -दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively. -दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides. -दोलः, -लम् a royal litter. -द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides. -2 four doors taken collectively. -नवति a. or f. ninety-four. -पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five. -पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four. -पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (-थः) a Brāhmaṇa. -पद or -पद् a. (चतुष्पद) 1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93. -2 consisting of four limbs. (-दः) a quadruped. (-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1. -पाटी A river. L. D. B. -पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated. -पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped. -2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.) 1 a quadruped. -2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment. -3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61. -पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square. -बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-हु n.) a square. -भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -भागः the fourth part, a quarter. -भावः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. 1 quadrangular. -2 having four arms; Bg.11.46. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3. -2 a quadrangular figure. -3 square. (-जम्) a square. -मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक). -मुख having four faces. (-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22. (-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17. -2 a house with four entrances. -मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.) -मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध. -युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world. -युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13. -रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Brahmā. -वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collectively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22. -वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22. -2 four principal colours. -वर्षिका a cow four years old. -विंश a. 1 twenty fourth. -2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124). -विंशति a. or f. twenty-four. -विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four. -विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas. -विद्या the four Vedas. -विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. -वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (-दः) the Supreme Soul. -व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.' -शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6. -षष्टि a. or f. 1 sixty-four. -2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts. -सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5. -सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four. -समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B. -सीमा the boundaries on all four sides. -हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal). -होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively.

candra	चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.

capalā	चपला 1 Lightning; कुरबककुसुमं चपलासुषमं रतिपतिमृग- कानने Gīt.7. -2 An unchaste or disloyal wife. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -5 The tongue. -6 Long pepper. -Comp. -जनः 1 a fickle or unsteady woman; Śi.9.16. -2 the goddess of wealth.

carṣaṇi	चर्षणि a. [कृष् अनि आदेश्च चः Tv.] Ved. 1 Seeing, observing. -2 Moving, movable. -3 Swift active, पिता कुटस्य चर्षणिः Rv.1.46.4. -णिः A man; सुवीर्याय चर्षणयो मदन्ति Rv.1.184.4; माया$श्विनौ समनक्ति चर्षणी Mb.1.3.61. -f. A disloyal woman (बन्धकी); स चर्षणीनामुदगाच्छुचो मृजन् Bhāg.1.29.2.

cāmaraḥ	चामरः रम् [चमर्याः विकारः तत्पुच्छनिर्मितत्वात्] also -रा -री sometimes. 1 A chowrie or bushy tail of the Chamara (Bos Grunniens) used as a fly-flap or fan, and reckoned as one of the insignia of royalty (and sometimes used as a sort of streamer on the heads of horses); व्याधूयन्ते निचुलतरुभिर्मञ्जरीचामराणि V.4.4; अदेय- मासीत् त्रयमेव भूपतेः शशिप्रभं छत्रमुभे च चामरे R.3.16; Ku.7.42; H.2.29; Me.35; चित्रन्यस्तमिवाचलं हयशिर- स्यायामवच्चामरम् V.1.4; Ś.1.8. -Comp. -ग्राहः, -ग्राहिन् m. a person who carries a chowrie. -ग्राहिणी a waiting girl who carries in her hand a chowrie and waves it over the head of a king &c; पृष्ठे लीलावलयरणितं चामर- ग्राहिणीनाम् Bh.3.61. -पुष्पः, -पुष्पकः 1 the betel-nut tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -3 the mango tree.

cāraḥ	चारः [चर एव अण्] 1 Going, walking, gait, wandering about; मण्डलचारशीघ्रः V.5.2; क्रीडाशैले यदि च विचरेत् पाद- चारेण गौरी Me.6; निवृत्तचारः सहसा गतो रविः प्रवृत्तचारा रजनी ह्युपस्थिता Rām.2.66.26 walk on foot. -2 Motion, course, progression; मङ्गलचार, शनिचार, राहु˚ &c. -3 A spy, scout, secret emissary; Ms.7.184;9.261; see चारचक्षुस् below. -4 Performing, practising. -5 A prison. -6 A bond, fetter. -7 The Pippalī tree or the Priyāla tree. -8 A platform, Māna.62.1.3. -रम् An artificial poison. -Comp. -अन्तरितः a spy. -ईक्षणः, -चक्षुस् m. 'using spies as eyes', a king (or a statesman) who employs spies and sees through their medium; चारचक्षु- र्महीपतिः Ms.9.256; cf. Kāmandaka :-- गावः पश्यन्ति गन्धेन वेदैः पश्यन्ति च द्विजाः । चारैः पश्यन्ति राजानश्चक्षुर्भ्यामितरे जनाः ॥ also Rām. :-- यस्मात्पश्यन्ति दूरस्थाः सर्वानर्थान्नराधिपाः । चारेण तस्मादुच्यन्ते राजानश्चारचक्षुषः ॥ -चण, -चञ्चु a. graceful in gait, of graceful carriage. -ज्या the sine of the ascensional difference. -पथः a place where two roads meet. -भटः a valorous man, warrior. -भटी courage. -वायुः summer-air, zephyr.

cyautna	च्यौत्न a. [च्यु गतौ करणे त्नण्] 1 Animating, enlivening. भुवो नॄँश्च्यौत्नो विश्वस्मिन् भरे Rv.1.5.4. -2 A goer. -3 Oviparous. -4 Abandoned; wicked, void of virtue. -त्नम् 1 Shaking, concussion; पुरां च्यौत्नाय शयथाय नू चित् Rv.6. 18.8. -2 Enterprise; प्र च्यौत्नानि देवयन्तो भरन्ते Rv.1.173. 4. -3 Management. -4 Strength. ing or bearing an umbrella; Ms.2.178. -2 carrying an umbrella as a type of royal authority. -पतिः 1 a king over whom an umbrella is carried as a mark of dignity, a sovereign, emperor. -2 N. of an ancient king in जम्बुद्वीप. -भङ्गः 1 'destruction of the royal parasol', loss of dominion, deposition. -2 dependence. -3 wilfulness. -4 a forlorn condition, widowhood.

jayaḥ	जयः [जि भावे अच्] 1 Conquest, triumph, victory, success, winning (in battle, game or a law-suit); सप्त वित्तागमा धर्म्या दायो लाभः क्रयो जयः Mb.1.115. -2 Restraint, curbing, conquest as in इन्द्रियजय. -3 N. of the sun. -4 N. of Jayanta, son of Indra; जगृहे च धनुधीता मुसलं तु जयस्तथा Mb.1.227.34. -5 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the first Pāndava prince. -6 N. of an attendant of Visnu. -7 An epithet of Arjuna; संस्मरन् भ्रातरं जयम् Mb.3.158.2. -8 N. of the Mahābhārata; देवीं सरस्वतीं चैव ततो जयमुदीरयेत् Mb.1.1.1; Bhāg.1.2.4; -9 The heroic sentiment; सहजेतरौ जयशमौ दधती Ki.6.22. -1 Words of victory; जयेन वर्धयित्वा च मारीचप्रमुखास्ततः Rām.7.23.3. -या 1 N. of Durgā. -2 N. of an attendant of the goddess Durgā. -3 A kind of banner. -4 The third, eighth or thirteenth lunar days of any of the two lunar fortnights. -Comp. -अजयौ Victory and defeat; सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ Bg.2.38. -आवह a. conferring victory. -आशिस् f. 1 a prayer for victory. -2 congratulations after victory; a cheer of victory. -उद्धुर a. exulting in victory. -कुञ्जरः a victorious elephant; आक्षिप्तो जयकुञ्जरेण Ratn.4.12. -कोलाहलः 1 a shout of victory. -2 a kind of game with dice. -गतः a. Conquering, victorious; उक्तविपरीत- लक्षणसंपन्नो जयगतो विनिर्दिष्टः Bṛi. S.17.1. -घोषः, -घोषणम्, -णा a proclamation of victory. -ढक्का a kind of drum beaten as a sign of victory. -दम् A height which is 1 1/2 of the breadth; Māna.35.22-26. -दत्तः N. of Jayanta, Indra's son. -देवः N. of the author of Gītagovinda; यावच्छृङ्गारसारस्वतमिह जयदेवस्य विष्वग्वचांसि Gīt. last stanza. -पत्रम् a record of victory. -पालः 1 a king. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रकः a kind of dice. -मङ्गलः 1 a royal elephant. -2 a remedy for fever. (-लम्) a cheer of victory; ततो$ ब्धिवीचिनिर्घोषैरुद्गीतजयमङ्गलः Rāj. T.4.158. -यज्ञः the अश्वमेध sacrifice -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the goddess of victory; जयलक्ष्म्या बबन्धास्थां श्वश्रूः Rāj. T.5.246; बभार यद्भुजस्तम्भो जयश्री- सालभञ्जिकाम् ibid 2.64; Ku.2.52. -लेखम् record of victory; ...... रतिजयलेखम् Gīt.8.3. -वाहिनी an epithet of Śachī. -शब्दः 1 a shout of victory. -2 the exclamation 'jaya' (hail ! glory !) uttered by bards &c. -शृङ्गम् a horn blown to announce a victory. -स्तम्भः a trophy, a column erected to commemorate a victory, a triumphal column; निचखान जयस्तम्भान् गङ्गास्रोतो$न्तरेषु सः R.4.36; यस्याद्यापि जयस्तम्भाः सन्ति ते पूर्ववारिधौ Rāj. T.3. 479. -स्थलम् N. of a village, ibid 5.121. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

tantram	तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also).

dus	दुस् A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The स् of दुस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants, see दुर्; to a Visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्.) -Comp. -उपस्थान a. difficult to be approached; यो रणे दुरुपस्थानो हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -कर a. 1 wicked, acting badly; काँल्लोकांस्तु गमिष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.12. 27.18. -2 hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं दुष्करम् 'sooner said than done'; Amaru.46; Mk.3.1.; Ms.7.55. (-रम्) 1 a difficult or painful task or act, difficulty. -2 atmosphere, ether. -कर्मन् n. 1 any bad act, sin, crime. -2 any difficult or painful act. -3 A wicked man; ततो वसति दुष्कर्मा नरके शाश्वतीः समाः Mb. -कालः 1 bad times; दुष्काले$पि कलाव- सज्जनरुचौ प्राणैः परं रक्षता Mu.7.5. -2 the time of universal destruction. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -कुलम् a bad or low family; (आददीत) स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि Ms.2.238. -कुलीन a. low-born. -कुह a. hypocritical; अतीन्द्रियेणात्मनि दुष्कुहो$यं मया जनो योजयितुं न शक्यः Bu. Ch.1.18. -कृत्, -कृतिन् m. a wicked person; विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् Bg.4.8; पुनः पुनर्दुष्कृतिनं निनिन्द R.14.57. -कृतम्, -कृतिः f. a sin, misdeed; उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; (ददर्श) ततस्तान् भिद्यमानांश्च कर्मभिः दुष्कृतैः स्वकैः Rām.7.21.21. -क्रम a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic. -क्रिया a misdemeanour, bad act. -क्रीत a. not properly purchased; क्रीत्वा मूल्येन यो द्रव्यं दुष्क्रीतं मन्यते क्रयी Nārada Smṛiti. -चर a. 1 hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपस्तृण- बिन्दोः परिशङ्कितः पुरा R.8.79; Ku.7.65. -2 inaccessible, unapproachable. -3 acting ill, behaving wickedly. (-रः) 1 a bear. -2 a bi-valve shell. ˚चारिन् a. practising very austere penance. -चरित a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (-तम्) misbehaviour, ill-conduct; तथा दुश्चरितं सर्वं वेदे त्रिवृति मज्जति Ms.11.263. -चर्मन् a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (-m.) 1 a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting. -चिकित्स्य a. difficult to be cured, incurable. सुदुश्चिकि- त्स्यस्य भवस्य मृत्योर्भिषक्तमं त्वाद्य गतिं गताः स्म Bhāg.4.3.38. -चिक्यम् the third लग्नराशि; दुश्चिक्यं स्यात्तृतीयकम् Jyotistattvam. -चित्त a. melancholy, sad. -चेष्टितम् misconduct, error. -च्यवनः an epithet of Indra; अत्तुं महेन्द्रियं भागमेति दुश्च्यवनो$धुना Bk.5.11. -च्यावः an epithet of Śiva. -च्छद a difficult to be clothed, tattered. -तर a. (दुष्टर or दुस्तर) 1 difficult to be crossed; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ms;4.242; प्रविशेन्मुखमाहेयं दुस्तरं वा महार्णवम् Pt.1.111. -2 difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. -3 not to be surpassed or excelled. -4 difficult to be borne or endured. -तर्कः false reasoning. -पच (दुष्पच) a. difficult to be digested. -पतनम् 1 falling badly. -2 a word of abuse, abusive epithet (अपशब्द). -परिग्रह a. difficult to be seized, taken, or kept; Pt.1.67. लोकाधाराः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Kām. (-हः) a bad wife. -पान a. difficult to be drunk. -पार a. 1 difficult to be crossed. -2 difficult to be accomplished. -पूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; दुष्पूरो- दरपूरणाय पिबति स्रोतःपतिं वाडवः Bh.; Bg.3.39. -प्रकाश a. obscure, dark, dim. -प्रक्रिया little authority; Rāj. T.8.4. -प्रकृति a. ill-tempered. evilnatured. -प्रजस् a. having bad progeny. -प्रज्ञ (दुष्प्रज्ञ) a. weakminded, stupid. -प्रज्ञानम् bad intellect. -प्रणीत a. ill-arranged or managed. (-तम्) impolitic conduct; Mb.8.5.2. -प्रतर a. difficult to be overcome or understood; धर्मं सूक्ष्मतरं वाच्यं तत्र दुष्प्रतरं त्वया Mb.12.19.7. -प्रतीक a. difficult to know or recognise; दुष्प्रतीकमरण्ये$स्मिन्किं तात वनमागतः Rām.2.1.5. -प्रद a. causing pain or sorrow; अद्य भीताः पलायन्तु दुष्प्रदास्ते दिशो दश Rām.2.16.29. -प्रधर्ष, -प्रधृष्य 1 un assailable; see दुर्धर्ष; सा दुष्प्रधर्षा मनसापि हिंस्रैः R.2.27. -2 secure from assault, intangible. -प्रमेय a. immeasurable. -प्रवादः slander, calumnious report, scandal. -प्रवृत्तिः f. bad news, evil report; तेषां शूर्पणखैवैका दुष्प्रवृत्तिहराभवत् R.12.51. -प्रसह (दुष्प्रसह) a. 1 irresistible, terrible. -2 hard to bear or endure; M.5.1; R.3.58. -प्राप, -प्रापण a. unattainable, hard to get; R.1.48; असंयता- त्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36. -प्रीति f. displeasure. -मरम् a sad demise; अकाले दुर्मरमहो यज्जीवामस्तया विना Bk.6.14. -शंस a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -शक, -शक्त a.powerless, weak. -शकुनम् a bad omen. -शला N. of the only daughter of धृतराष्ट्र given in marriage to Jayadratha. -शासन a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (-नः) N. of one of the 1 sons of धृतराष्ट्र. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadī, Duhśāsana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Krisna, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśāsana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśāsana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content.] -शील (दुश्शील) a. ill-mannered or ill behaved, reprobate. -शृङ्गी a disloyal wife. -ष्ठु see दुस्थ a. unsettled, in calamity; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132. -संचार a. difficult to be passed; दुःसंचारासु नगरवीथीषु; Pt.1.173. -षम (दुःषम or दुष्षम), -सम (दुःसम or दुस्सम) a. 1 uneven, unlike, unequal. -2 adverse, unfortunate, -3 evil, improper, bad. -षमम्, -समम् ind. ill, wickedly. -सत्त्वम् an evil being. -सथः 1 a dog. -2 a cock; L. D. B. -संधान, -संधेय a. difficult to be united or reconciled. -मृद्धटवत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसन्धानश्च दुर्जनो भवति Subhāṣ. -संस्थित a. very sinful or ugly to look at; Rām.2.9.4. -सह (दुस्सह) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable. भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहात् Ku. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साध, -साध्य a. 1 difficult to be accomplished or managed. -2 difficult to be cured. -3 difficult to be conquered. -साधिन् m. door-keeper; L. D. B. -सुप्त a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep). -स्थ, -स्थित a. (written also दुस्थ and दुस्थित) 1 ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. -2 suffering pain, unhappy, distressed; कल्पान्तदुःस्था वसुधा तथोहे Bk. -3 unwell, ill. -4 unsteady, disquieted. -5 foolish, unwise, ignorant. -स्थम् ind. badly, ill, unwell; दुःस्थं तिष्ठसि यच्च पथ्यमधुना कर्तास्मि तच्छ्रो- ष्यसि; Amaru. -स्थितिः f. 1 bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. -2 instability. -स्पृष्टम् (दुः-दुस्पृ- ष्टम्) 1 slight touch or contact. -2 slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds य्, र्, ल् and व्; दुस्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयो लृकारः प्लुत एव च. -स्फाटः a kind of weapon; L. D. B. -स्मर a. hard or painful to remember; U.6.34. -स्वप्नः a bad dream.

deva	देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.

deśaḥ	देशः [दिश्-अच्] 1 A place or spot in general; देशः को नु जलावसेकशिथिलः Mk.3.12 (often used after words like कपोल, स्कन्ध, अंस, नितम्ब &c., without any meaning; स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19 'on the shoulder'). -2 A region, country, province, land, territory; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15. -3 A department, part, side, portion (as of a whole); as in एकदेश, एकदेशीय q. v. -4 An institute, an ordinance. -5 Range, compass; दृष्टिदेशः Pt.2. -Comp. -अटनम् roaming through a country, travelling. -अतिथिः a foreigner. -अन्तरम् 1 another country, foreign parts; Ms.5.78. -2 longitude. -अन्तरिन् m. a foreigner. -आचारः, -धर्मः a local law or custom, the usage or custom of any country; देश- धर्मान् जातिधर्मान् कुलधर्मांश्च शाश्वतान् Ms.1.118. -कष्टकः a public calamity. -कारी N. of a Rāgiṇī. -कालौ m. (du.) time and place; न देशकालौ हि यथार्थधर्माववेक्षते कामरतिर्मनुष्यः Rām.4.33.55. (-लम्) ind. according to time and place; सत्पात्रं महती श्रद्धा देशकालं यथोचितम् Pt.2.72. -कालज्ञ a. knowing the proper place and time. -च्युतिः banishment or flight from one's country. -ज, -जात a. 1 native, indigenous. -2 produced in the right country. -3 genuine, of genuine descent. -दृष्ट a. 1 seen in a country. -2 customary in a place; Ms.8.3. -भाषा the dialect of a country; आलोच्य लक्ष्यमधिगम्य च देशभाषाः Kāvyāl.4.35. -रूपम् propriety, fitness; Mb.12. -विद्ध a. properly perforated (pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -वृत्तम् a circle depending upon its relative position to the place of the observer. -व्यवहारः a local usage, custom of the country.

daiva	दैव a. (-वी f.) [देवादागतः अण्] 1 Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; संस्कृतं नाम दैवी वागन्वाख्याता महर्षिभिः Kāv.1.33; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; Y.2.235; Bg.4.25; 9.13;16.3; Ms.3.75. -2 Royal; दैवी वाग्यस्य नाभवत् Rāj. T.5.26. -3 Depending on fate, fatal. -4 Possessing the quality of सत्त्व. -वः 1 (i. e. विवाहः) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; यज्ञस्य ऋत्विजे दैवः Y.1.59 (for the eight forms of marriage see उद्वाह or Ms.3.21). -2 A worshipper of god (देवभक्त); दैवान् सर्वे गुणवन्तो भवन्ति Mb. 12.158.35. -वम् 1 Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; पूर्वजन्म- कृतं कर्म तद्दैवमिति कथ्यते H. दैवमविद्वांसः प्रमाणयन्ति Mu.3; विना पुरुषकारेण दैवमत्र न सिध्यति 'God helps those who help themselves'; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361. (दैवात् by chance, luckily, accidentally.) -2 A god, deity. -3 A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods; उत्तिष्ठ नरशार्दूल कर्तव्यं दैवमाह्निकम् Rām.1.23.2. -4 A kind of Śrāddha ceremony. -5 Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms.2.59. -6 Royal duties; न तु केवलदैवेन प्रजाभावेन रेमिरे Mb.1.222.1. -7 A science phenomena, unusuals (उत्पातs); Ch. Up. 7.1.2. -वी 1 A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above. -2 a. Divine, super-human; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 A division of medicine (the medical use of charms, prayers &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena. -अधीन, -आयत्त a. dependent on fate; दैवायत्तं कुले जन्म मदायत्तं तु पौरुषम् Ve.3.33. -अहोरात्रः a day of the gods i. e. the human year. -इज्य a. sacred to Jupiter (गुरु), -topaz. -उपहत a. illfated, unfortunate; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा सर्वा विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -ऊढा a woman married according to the Daiva ritual. ˚ज the son of such a woman; दैवोढाजः सुतश्चैव सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.3.38. -कर्मन् n. offering, oblations to gods. -कृत a. 1 fated. -2 natural. -कोविद्, -चिन्तकः, -ज्ञः an astrologer, a fortune-teller, पुरोहित प्रकुर्वीत दैवज्ञमुदितोदितम् Y.1.313; Kām.9,25. -गतिः f. turn or course of fate; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.96.; Pt.3.174. -चिन्ता fatalism; astrology. -ज्ञ a. knowing fate or men's destinies. -तन्त्र a. dependent on fate. -दत्त a. innate, natural. -दीपः the eye. -दुर्विपाकः hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U.1.4. -दोषः badness of fate. -पर a. 1 trusting to fate, fatalist. -2 fated. predestined. -प्रश्नः 1 fortune-telling, astrology. -2 a voice from heaven. नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किञ्चिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा दैवप्रश्नमुपश्रुतिम् ॥ -युगम् 'a Yuga of the gods' said to consist of 12 divine years, but see Kull. on एतद् द्वादशसाहस्रं देवानां युगमुच्यते Ms.1.71. -योगः a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance. (दैवयोगेन, दैवयोगात् fortunately, accidentally.) -रक्षित a. guarded by the gods; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितम् Subhāṣ. -लेखकः a fortune-teller, an astrologer. -वशः, -शम् the power of destiny, subjection to fate. -वाणी 1 a voice from heaven. -2 the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv.1.33. quoted above. -विद् m. an astrologer. -सभेयम् a variety of sandal-wood red and smelling like a lotus-flower; Kau. A.2.11. -हत a. ill-fated; सुरक्षितं दैवहतं विनश्यति Subhāṣ. -हीन a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky.

drāviḍaḥ	द्राविडः [द्रविडदेशो$भिजनो$स्य-अण्] 1 A Dravidian, Dravida. -2 A general name for a Brāhmaṇa of any of the five southern tribes (the पञ्चद्रविड); द्राविड, कर्णाट, गुर्जर, महाराष्ट्र and तैलङ्ग. कर्णाटाश्चैव तैलङ्गा गुर्जरा राष्ट्रवासिनः । आन्ध्राश्च द्राविडा पञ्च विन्ध्यदक्षिणवासिनः ॥ Skanda P. -3 N. of the five chief Dravidian languages (Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese, Malayalam and Tulu). -डाः (pl.) The Dravida country and its people. -डी Cardamoms.

dharmaḥ	धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.

dharṣaṇiḥ	धर्षणिः णी f. A disloyal or wanton woman, a harlot.

dharṣita	धर्षित a. [धृष्-कर्मणि क्त-इट् गुणश्च] 1 Seduced, outraged, violated. -2 Overpowered, overcome, defeated; यत्काव्यं मधुवर्षि धर्षितपरास्तर्केषु यस्योक्तयः N.22.155. -3 Ill-treated, abused, insulted. -तम् 1 Contumely, pride. -2 Cohabitation, copulation. -3 Impatience, intolerance. -ता A harlot, a disloyal or unchaste woman.

dhṛṣṭa	धृष्ट p. p. [धृष्-क्त] 1 Bold, courageous, confident. -2 Impudent, rude, shameless, saucy, insolent; स्तुवञ्जिह्रेमि त्वां न खलु ननु धृष्टा मुखरता Mahimna.9; धृष्टः पार्श्वे वसति H.2.26. -3 Forward, presumptuous. -4 Profligate, abandoned. -5 Cruel, unkind. -ष्टः A faithless husband or lover; कृतागा अपि निःशङ्कस्तर्जितो$पि न लज्जितः । दृष्टदोषो$पि मिथ्यावाक् कथितो धृष्टनायकः S. D.72. -ष्टा A disloyal woman. -Comp. -केतुः N. of the son of धृष्टद्युम्न. -द्युम्नः N. of a son of Drupada and brother of Draupadī. [He with his father fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, and for some days he acted as commander-in-chief of their forces. When Droṇa had killed Drupada after a hard struggle, Dhṛiṣṭadyumna vowed that he would be revenged for the death of his father. And he was able to fulfil this vow on the morning of the 16th day of the battle, when he unfairly cut off the head of Droṇa (see Droṇa). He was afterwards surprised by Aṣvatthāman while lying asleep in the camp of the Pāṇḍavas, and was stamped to death.]. -धी a. bold, presumptuous. -मानिन् a. having too high an opinion of oneself, presumptuous. -वादिन् a. speaking boldly.

nāga	नाग a. (-गी f.) Serpentine, formed of snakes, snaky. -2 Elephantine. -गः [न गच्छति इत्यगः न अगो नागः] 1 A snake in general, particularly the cobra; नासुरो$यं न वा नागः Ki.15.12. -2 A fabulous serpentdemon or semi-divine being, having the face of a man and the tail of a serpent, and said to inhabit the Pātāla; अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29; R.15.83. -3 An elephant; दिङ्नागानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14,36; Si.4.63; V.4.25. -4 A shark. -5 A cruel or tyrannical person. -6 (At the end of comp.) Any pre-eminent or distinguished person, e. g. पुरुषनागः . -7 A cloud. -8 A peg projecting from a wall to hang anything upon. -9 N. of several plants as Mesua Roxburghii, Rottlera Tictoria, Piper betel; (Mar. नागचाफा, नागकेशर, पानवेल, नागरमोथा etc.); Bhāg.8.2.18; Rām.7. 42.4. -1 One of the five vital airs of the body, that which is expelled by eructation. -11 The number 'seven'. -12 A trumpet (see नागवेला). -गम् 1 Tin. -2 Lead. -3 One of the astronomical periods (Karaṇas) called ध्रुव -4 The effects of that period on anything done during it. -5 The asterism called आश्लेषा. -6 A captivating act of females (स्त्रीबन्धः), gesticulation; L. D. B. -7 A kind of coitus; Nm. -गी 1 A female Nāga. -2 A female elephant; -Comp. -अङ्गम् Hastināpura. -अङ्गना 1 a female elephant. -2 the proboscis of an elephant. -अञ्चला, -अञ्जना = नागयष्टि q. v. -अञ्जना a female elephant. -अधिपः an epithet of Śeṣa. -अन्तकः, -अरातिः, -अरिः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a peacock. -3 a lion. -अशनः 1 a peacock; Pt.1.159. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 a lion. -आख्यः = नागकेसर q. v. -आननः an epithet of Ganeśa. -आनन्दम् a drama by Śrīharṣa. -आरूढ a. Riding upon an elephant. -आह्वः Hastināpura. -इन्द्रः 1 a lordly or superior elephant; नागेन्द्रहस्तास्त्वचि कर्कशत्वात... कदलीविशेषाः Ku. 1 36. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant; कुथेन नागेन्द्रमिवेन्द्रवाहनम् Śi. -3 an epithet of Śeṣa. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 N. of the author of Paribhāṣenduśekhara and several other works. -3 N. of Patañjali. -उदम्, -उदरम् 1 a breast-plate. -2 a peculiar disease of pregnancy (गर्भोपद्रवभेद). -कन्यका, -कन्या a serpent-virgin. -कर्णः the castor-oil plant. -किंजल्कः = नागकेसर q. v. -कुमारी Rubia Munjiṣṭā (Mar. मंजिष्ठ). -केतुः An epithet of Karṇa (?); समरमधि- गतार्थः प्रस्थितो नागकेतुः Karṇabhāra 1.3. -केसरः N. of a tree with fragrant flowers, Mesua Roxburghii; कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva B.3.14. -रम् a kind of steel. -गर्भम् red lead. -चूडः an epithet of Śiva. -जम् 1 red lead. -2 tin. -जिह्विका red arsenic. -जीवनम् tin. (-नः) orpiment. -दन्तः, -दन्तकः 1 ivory. -2 a peg or bracket projecting from a wall and used to hang things upon; N.18.15. -दन्ती 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a harlot. -द्वीपम् N. of a द्वीप in Bharatavarṣa. -नक्षत्रम्, -नायकम् the constellation called Āśleṣā. (-कः) the lord of serpents; अनन्तो वासुकिः पद्मो महापद्मो$पि नक्षकः । कर्कोटः कुलिकः शङ्ख इत्यष्टौ नागनायकाः ॥ Trikāṇdaśeṣa. -नामकम् Tin. -नामन् m. holy basil (तुलसी). -नासा the proboscis of an elephant. -निर्यूहः a large pin or bracket projecting from a wall. -पञ्चमी 1 N. of a festival on the fifth day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -2 the fifth day in the dark half of Āsāḍha. -पतिः an epithet of (1) Airāvata. (2) Śesa. -पदः a mode of sexual enjoyment (रतिबन्ध). पादौ स्कन्धे तथा हस्ते क्षिपेल्लिङ्गं भगे लघु । कामयेत् कामुको नारीं बन्धो नागपदो मतः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पर्णी the betel plant. -पाशः 1 a sort of magical noose used in battle to entangle an enemy. -2 N. of the noose or weapon of Varuṇa. -पाशकः a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). स्वजङ्घाद्वयमध्यस्थां हस्ताभ्यां धारयन् कुचौ । रमेन्निःशङ्कितो नारीं बन्धो$यं नागपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पुरम् 1 Hastināpura. -2 N. of a city in Pātāla. -पुष्पः 1 the Champaka tree. -2 the Punnāga tree. -बन्धः 1 a snake as a chain. -2 N. of a metre, resembling the coilings of a snake. -बन्धकः an elephant-catcher. -बन्धुः the holy fig-tree. -बलः an epithet of Bhīma. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -मण्डलिकः 1 a snake-keeper. -2 a snake-catcher. -मल्लः an epithet of Airāvata. -मारः a species of pot-herb (Mar. माका). -यष्टिः f., -यष्टिका 1 a graduated pole or post for showing the depth of water in a newly-dug pond. -2 a boring-rod driven into the earth. -रक्तम्, -रेणुः red lead. -रङ्गः the orange. -राजः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 a large elephant; अधस्तान्नागराजाय सोमायोर्ध्वं दिशं ददौ Hariv. -रिपुः (see नागान्तकः) Garuḍa; शार्ङ्गचक्रायुधः खड्गी सर्वनागरिपुध्वजः Mb.13.147.15. -रुकः the orange tree. -लता 1 the penis. -2 the piper betel. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली piper betel. -वेला the hour when a serpent-like instrument is blown; नागवेलायामागन्तव्य...... । यस्मिन् ग्रामे न नागाः...... तस्मिन्नपि स एव कालः । तत्र हि आगमनं क्रियते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.69. -लोकः the world of serpents, the race of serpents collectively, one of the regions below the earth called Pātāla. -वारिकः 1 a royal elephant. -2 an elephant-driver. -3 a peacock. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa. -5 the chief of a herd of elephants. -6 the chief person in an assembly. -वीथी that part of the moon's path which contains the asterisms अश्विनी, भरणी and कृत्तिका; अश्विनी कृत्तिका याम्या नागवीथीति शब्दिता V. P. -संभवम्, -संभूतम् red lead. ...... मञ्जिष्ठां नागसंभवम् Śiva. B.3.19. -साह्वयम् Hastināpura.

nārpatya	नार्पत्य a. Kingly, relating to royalty.

nirbheda	निर्भेद 1 Bursting, dividing, splitting asunder. -2 A split, rent. -3 Disclosure, betrayal. -4 Explicit mention or declaration; निर्भेदादृते$पि मालविकायामयमुपन्यासः शङ्कयति M.4. -5 The bed of a river. -6 Determination of an affair, event. -7 Destruction; पृथिव्याश्चापि निर्भेदो दृष्ट एव सनातनः Rām.1.4.4.

nīla	नील a. (ला -ली f.; the former in relation to clothes &c., the latter in relation to animals, plants &c.) 1 Blue, dark-blue; नीलस्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -2 Dyed with indigo. -लः 1 the dark-blue or black colour. -2 Sapphire. -3 The Indian fig-tree. -4 N. of a monkey-chief in the army of Rāma. -5 'The blue mountain', N. of one of the principal ranges of mountains. -6 A kind of bird, the blue Mainā. -7 An ox of a dark-blue colour. -8 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -9 A mark. -1 An auspicious sound or proclamation. -ला 1 The indigo plant. -2 A Rāgiṇī. -ले f. (du.) 1 The two arteries in front of the neck. -2 A black and blue mark on the skin; (for other senses see नीली.) -लम् 1 Black-salt. -2 Blue vitriol. -3 Antimony. -4 Poison. -5 Indigo, indigo dye. -6 Darkness. -Comp. -अक्षः 1 a goose. -अङ्गः the Sārasa bird. -अञ्जनम् 1 antimony. -2 blue vitriol. -अञ्जना, -अञ्जसा lightning. -अब्जम्, -अम्बुजम्, -अम्बु- जन्मन् n. the blue lotus. -अभ्रः a dark-cloud. -अम्बर a. dressed in dark-blue clothes. (-रः) 1 a demon, goblin. -2 the planet Saturn. -3 an epithet of Balarāma. -अरुणः early dawn, the first dawn of day. -अश्मन् m. a sapphire. -उल्पलम् a blue lotus; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -उपलः the blue stone, lapis lazuli -कण्ठः 1 a peackock; केकाभिर्निलकण्ठस्तिर- यति वचनम् Māl.9.3; Me.81; कस्त्वं, शृली, मृगय भिषजं, नीलकण्ठः प्रिये$हम् Subhāṣ. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 a kind of gallinule. -4 a blue-necked jay. -5 a wag-tail -6 a sparrow. -7 a bee. (-ठम्) a radish. ˚अक्ष = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -केशी the indigo plant. -ग्रीवः an epithet of Śiva. -छदः 1 the date-tree. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -जम् blue steel. -जा N. of the river Vitastā. -तरु the cocoanut tree. -तालः, -ध्वजः the Tamāla tree. -पङ्कः, -पङ्कम् darkness. -पटलम् 1 a dark mass, a black coating or covering. -2 a dark film over the eye of a blind man; Pt.5. -पत्रः the pomegranate tree. (-त्रम्), -पद्मम् the blue water-lily. -पिच्छः a falcon. -पिटः a collection of annals and royal edicts; Buddh. -पुष्पिका 1 the indigo plant. -2 linseed. -फला the egg-plant (Mar. वांगें). -भः 1 the moon. -2 a cloud. -3 a bee. -मणिः, -रत्नम् 1 the sapphire; नेपथ्योचित- नीलरत्नम् Gīt.5; Bv.2.42. -2 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; also नीलमाधवः. -मीलिकः a fire-fly. -मृत्तिका 1 iron pyrites. -2 black earth. -राजिः f. a line of darkness, dark mass, thick darkness; निशाशशाङ्कक्षतनीलराजयः Ṛs. 1.2. -लोहित a. dark-blue, purple. (-तः) 1 a purple colour. -2 an epithet of Śiva; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35; Ku.2.57. -वर्ण a. dark-blue, bluish. (-र्णम्) a radish. -वसन, -वासस् a. dressed in dark-blue clothes; see नीलाम्बर. -वसनः the planet Saturn. -वृन्तकम् cotton. -स्नेहः (= दृढस्नेहः) Intense love. (नीलो नीलीरागः तत्सदृशः स्नेहः । नीलीरागः स्थिरप्रेमा इति यादवः) गृहं विक्रयकाले$पि नीलस्नेहेन रक्षति Chārudatta 3.12.

nṛ	नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59.

nyasta	न्यस्त p. p. 1 Cast down, thrown or laid down, deposited. -2 Put in, inserted, applied; न्यस्ताक्षराः Ku. 1.7. -3 Depicted, drawn; चित्रन्यस्त. -4 Consigned, delivered or transferred to; अहमपि तव सूनावायुषि न्यस्त- राज्यः V.5.17. -5 Leaning, resting on. -6 Given up, set aside, resigned. -7 Mystically touched; नित्यं न्यस्तषडङ्ग- चक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्ममध्योदितम् Māl.5.2. -8 Exposed (for sale; क्रयाय न्यस्त). -9 Put on, donned; न्यस्तालक्तकरक्तमाल्यवसना Māl.5.24. -1 Having the low tone (as a vowel). -Comp. -अस्तव्य a. To be placed, fixed. -चिह्न a. destitute of external signs (as royal marks &c.); स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीं तेजोविशेषानुमितां दधानः R.2.7. -दण्ड a. giving up the rod, i. e. punishment, meek, harmless. -देह a. one who lays down the body, dead. -शस्त्र a. 1 one who has resigned or laid down his arms; आचार्यस्य त्रिभुवनगुरोर्न्यस्तशस्त्रस्य शोकात् Ve.3.18; Ms.3.192. -2 unarmed, defenceless. -3 harmless. -4 epithet of the manes, or deified progenitors.

pakṣaḥ	पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.

paṭṭaḥ	पट्टः ट्टम् 1 A slab, tablet (for writing upon), plate in general; शिलापट्टमधिशयाना Ś.3; so भालपट्ट &c. -2 A royal grant or edict; पटे वा ताम्रपट्टे वा स्वमुद्रोपरिचिह्नितम् । अभिलेख्यात्मनो वंश्यानात्मानं च महीपतिः ॥ Y.1.319. -3 A tiara, diadem; निर्वृत्तजाम्बूनदपट्टबन्धे न्यस्तं ललाटे तिलकं दधानः R.18.44; पट्टः शुभदो राज्ञां मध्ये$ष्टावङ्गुलानि विस्तीर्णः । सप्त नरेन्द्रमहिष्याः षड् युवराजस्य निर्दिष्टः ॥ चतुरङ्गुलविरुतारः पट्टः सेनापतेर्भवति मध्ये । द्वे च प्रसादपट्टः पञ्चैते कीर्तिताः पट्टाः ॥ Bṛi. S. -4 A strip; निर्मोकपट्टाः फणिभिर्विमुक्ताः R.16.17; -5 Silk; पट्टोपधानम्; K.17; Bh.3.74; so पट्टांशुकम्. -6 Fine or coloured cloth, cloth in general. -7 An upper garment; गलितमिव भुवो विलोक्य रामं धरणिधरस्तनशुक्लचीनपट्टम् Bk.1.61. -8 A fillet or cloth worn round the head, turban; especially, a coloured silk turban; भारः परं पट्टकिरीटजुष्ट- मप्युत्तमाङ्गं न नमेन्मुकुन्दम् Bhāg.2.3.21; त्रासार्ता ऋत्विजो$ धश्चपलगणहृतोष्णीषपट्टाः पतन्ति Ratn.1.4. -9 A throne. -1 A chair or stool. -11 A shield. -12 A grinding stone. -13 A place where four roads meet. -14 A city, town. -15 A bandage, ligature; बद्धेषु व्रणपट्टकेषु Ve. 5.1. -ट्टी 1 An ornament for the forehead. -2 A horse's girth. -Comp. -अंशुकः 1 a silk cloth. -2 an upper or outer garment. -अभिषेकः the consecration of the tiara. -अर्हा the principal queen. -उपाध्यायः a writer of royal grants and other documents. -कर्मकरः a weaver. -जम् a sort of cloth. -देवी, -महिषी, -राज्ञी the principal queen. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् 1 wearing dress. -2 binding the head with a crown or turban. -रागः sandal. -वस्त्र, -वासस् a. attired in woven silk or coloured cloth; जीर्णा कन्था ततः किं सितममलवरं पट्टवस्त्रं ततः किम् Bh.3.74. -शाला a tent. -सूत्रकारः a silk-weaver.

paṭṭakaḥ	पट्टकः 1 A plate of metal used for inscriptions or royal edicts. -2 A bandage. -3 A document; (also n.)

paṭṭakilaḥ	पट्टकिलः The tenant of a piece of land (by royal edict).

patiḥ	पतिः [पा-डतिं] 1 A master, lord; as in गृहपतिः. -2 An owner, possessor, proprietor; क्षेत्रपतिः. -3 Governor, ruler, one who presides over; ओषधीपतिः, वनस्पतिः, कुलपतिः &c. -4 A husband; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -5 A root. -6 Going, motion, fight. -f. 1 A female possessor, a mistress. -2 A wife. -Comp. -घातिनी, -घ्नी 1 a woman who murders her husband. -2 a line on the hand showing that a woman will be faithless to her husband. -देवता, -देवा one who regards her husband as a divinity, a woman loyally devoted to her husband, a chaste woman; कः पतिदेवतामन्यः परिमार्ष्टुमुत्सहते Ś.6; तमलभन्त पतिं पतिदेवताः शिखरिणामिव सागरमापगाः R.9.17; धुरिस्थिता त्वं पतिदेवतानाम् 14.74. -धर्मः duty (of a wife) towards a husband. -प्राणा a chaste wife. -लङ्घनम् disregarding a former husband by marrying another; cf. Ms.5.151. -वेदनः N. of Śiva. (-नम्) procuring a husband (by magical means); धातुर्देवस्य सत्येन कृणोमि पतिवेदनम् Av.2.36.2. -लोकः the world of husbands in a future life; पतिलोक- मभीप्सन्ती नाचरेत् किंचिदप्रियम् Ms.5.156. -व्रता a devoted, faithful and loyal wife, a chaste and virtuous wife; ˚त्वम् fidelity to a husband. -सेवा devotion to a husband; वैवाहिको विधिः स्त्रीणां संस्कारो वैदिकः स्मृतः । पतिसेवा गुरौ वासो गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिक्रिया ॥ Ms.2.67.

paraśuḥ	परशुः [परं-शृणाति, शॄ-कु डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.1.34.] 1 An axe, a hatchet, a battle-axe; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78. -2 A weapon in general. -3 A thunderbolt. -Comp. -धरः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 a soldier armed with an axe. -मुद्रा a kind of pose in Tantraśāstra. -रामः 'Rāma with the axe', N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa warrior, son of Jamadagni and the sixth incarnation of Viṣṇu. [While young he cut off with his axe the head of his mother Reṇukā at the command of his father when none of his other brothers was willing to do so; (see जमदग्नि). Some time after this, king Kārtavīrya went to the hermitage of his father, and carried off his cow. But Paraśurāma, when he returned home, fought with the king and killed him. When his sons heard this they became very angry, and repaired to the hermitage, and on finding Jamadagni alone, they shot him dead. When Paraśurāma, who was not then also at home, returned, he became very much exasperated, and made the dreadful vow of exterminating the whole Kṣatriya race. He succeeded in fulfilling this vow, and is said to have 'rid the earth thrice seven times of the royal race'. He was afterwards, destroyer of the Kśatriyas as he was, defeated by Rāma, son of Daśaratha, though quite a boy of sixteen (see R.11.68- 91). He is said to have at one time pierced through the Krauñcha mountain, being jealous of the might of Kārtikeya; cf. Me.57. He is one of the seven chirajivins and is believed to be still practising penance on the Mahendra mountain; cf. Gīt 1. :-- क्षत्रियरुधिरमये जगदपगतपापं स्नपयसि पयसि शामतभवतापम् । केशव धृतभृगुपतिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ।]. -वनम् N. of a certain part of hell.

pariba	परिब (व) र्हः 1 Retinue, train, attendants; इयं प्रचुरपरिबर्हया भवत्या संवर्ध्यताम् Dk.18; महता परिबर्हेण राज- योग्येन संवृतः Mb.3.264.7. -2 Furniture; (निवेश्य) चमूं विधानैः परिबर्हशोभिनीम् Rām.2.83.26. परिबर्हवन्ति वेश्मानि R.14.15 'rooms properly furnished or provided with furniture'; अर्हेण परिबर्हेण संस्तवेन स्तवेन च Śiva B.11.27. -3 Royal insignia. -4 The necessaries of life. -5 Property, wealth. -6 A present, presentation; अहं च तस्मिन् भवताभिकामये सहोपनीतं परिबर्हमर्हितुम् Bhāg.4.3.9.

pāṇḍu	पाण्डु a. Pale-white, whitish, pale, yellowish; यथा पाण्ड्वाविकम् Bṛi. Up.2.3.6; विकलकरणः पाण्डुच्छायः शुचा परिदुर्बलः U.3.22. -ण्डुः 1 The pale-white or yellowish-white colour. -2 Jaundice. -3 A white elephant. -4 N. of the father of the Pāṇḍavas. [He was begotten by Vyāsa on Ambālikā, one of the widows of Vichitravīrya. He was called Pāṇḍu, because he was born pale (पाण्डु) by reason of his mother having become quite pale with fear when in private with the sage Vyāsa; (यस्मात् पाण्डुत्वमापन्ना विरूपं प्रेक्ष्य मामिह । तस्मादेव सुतस्ते वै पाण्डुरेव भविष्यति Mb.) He was prevented by a curse from having progeny himself; so he allowed his first wife Kuntī to make use of a charm she had acquired from Durvāsas for the birth of sons. She gave birth to Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna; and Mādrī, his other wife, by the use of the same charm, gave birth to Nakula and Sahadeva. One day Pāṇdu forgot the curse under which he was labouring, and made bold to embrace Mādrī, but he fell immediately dead in her arms.] -Comp. -आमयः jaundice. -कम्बलः 1 a white blanket. -2 a warm upper garment. -3 the housing of a royal elephant. -4 A kind of stone. -कम्बलिन् m. 1 a carriage covered with a woollen blanket. -2 the housings of a royal elephant. -पुत्रः a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the five Pāṇḍavas. -पृष्ठ a. 'white-backed', having no auspicious marks on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected. -भावः Becoming yellowish white, pale; न कलङ्कानुगमो न पाण्डुभावः Bv.2.1. -भूमः a region full of chalky soil. -मृत्तिका 1 white or pale soil. -2 the opal. -मृद् f. chalk. -रङ्गः N. of a god (at Pandharpur), Viṭṭhala. -रागः whiteness, pallor. -रोगः jaundice. -लेखः a sketch made with chalk; a rough draft or sketch made on the ground, board &c.; पाण्डुलेखेन फलके भूमौ वा प्रथमं लिखेत् । न्यूनाधिकं तु संशोध्य पश्चात् पत्रे निवेशयेत् ॥ Vyāsa. -लोहम् silver; पाण्डुलोहशृङ्खलात्मना मया पादपद्मयोर्युगलं तव निगडयित्वा Dk.1. -वर्ण a. White. -शर्करा light-coloured gravel (प्रमेहभेद). -शर्मिला an epithet of Draupadī. -सोपाकः N. of a mixed tribe; चाण्डालात् पाण्डुसोपाकस्त्वक्सार- व्यवहारवान् Ms.1.37; Mb.13.48.26.

pārameṣṭhyam	पारमेष्ठ्यम् 1 Supremacy, highest position; Deve Mantra. -2 Royal insignia; पारमेष्ठ्यानुपादाय पण्यान्युच्चावचानि च । पादयोर्न्यपतत् प्रेम्णा प्रक्लिन्नहृदयेक्षणः ॥ Bhāg.9.1.39.

pārthiva	पार्थिव a. (-वी f.) [पृथिव्याः ईश्वरः इदं वा अण्] 1 Earthen, earthy, terrestrial, relating to the earth; यतो रजः पार्थिवमुज्जिहीते R.13.64. -2 Ruling the earth. -3 Princely, royal. -वः 1 An inhabitant of the earth. -2 A king, sovereign; अथ तस्य विवाहकौतुकं ललितं बिभ्रत एव पार्थिवः R.8.1. -3 An earthen vessel. -4 The body. -5 The विकार of the earth; अयं जनो नाम चलन् पृथिव्यां यः पार्थिवः पार्थिव कस्य हेतोः Bhāg.5.12.5. -6 A गृह्याग्नि of the naming ceremony (नामकरण). -वम् An earthy substance. -वा 1 A royal concubine. -2 Arsenic (see निघण्टरत्नाकर). -Comp. a prince, the son of a king. -नन्दिनी, -सुता, -कन्या the daughter of a king, princess. -आत्मजः, -नन्दनः, -सुतः, -पुत्रः the sun. ˚पौत्रः 'Yama's son', Yudhiṣṭhira; स वृत्तवांस्तेषु कृताभिषेकः सहानुजः पार्थिवपुत्रपौत्रः Mb.3.118.2.

pīṭham	पीठम् 1 A seat (a stool, chair, bench, sofa &c.); जवेन पीठादुदतिष्ठदच्युतः Śi.1.12; R,4.84;6.15. -2 The seat of a religious student made of Kuśa grass. -3 The seat of a deity, an altar. -4 A pedestal in general, basis. -5 A particular posture in sitting. -6 (In geometry) The complement of a segment. -7 N. of various temples; पीठं जालंधरं नाम तिष्ठत्यत्र चतुर्मुख Yogaśikhopaniṣad, 5.11. -8 A royal seat, throne. -9 A district, province. -Comp. -अधिकारः appointment to an office. -केलिः a male confidant, a parasite. -ग a. 1 lame, crippled. -2 seated in one's seat (not a warrior); यो$पि स्यात् पठिगः कश्चित् किं पुनः समरे स्थितः Mb.3.22.24 (com. पीठगः स्वासनस्थः अयुद्धमानो$पीत्यर्थः ।). -गर्भः the cavity in the pedestal of an idol. -चक्रम् a carriage. -नायिका a girl of fourteen (before menstruation) who represents Durgā at the festival of that goddess. -भूः f. basis, basement. -मर्द a. very impudent. -र्दः 1 a companion, parasite, one who assists the hero of a drama in great undertakings, e. g. in securing his mistress; Dk.2.2; so पीठमर्दिका 'a lady who assists the heroine in securing her lover'; उपस्थिता पीठमर्दिकां पण्डितकौशिकीं पुरस्कृत्य देवी M.1.13/14. -2 a dancing master who instructs courtezans in the art of dancing. -सर्प a. lame, crippled; Ms.8.394; कर्तव्ये पुरुषव्याघ्र किमास्से पीठसर्पवत् Mb.3.35.22.

paurogavaḥ	पौरोगवः A superintendent of the royal household; especially, of the royal kitchen; पौरोगवः सूदाध्यक्षः Abh. Chin.722.

prakriyā	प्रक्रिया 1 Way, manner, conduct; प्रक्रियेयं न ते युक्ता Mb.14.79.3. -2 A rite, ceremony. -3 The bearing of royal insignia. -4 High position, elevation. -5 A chapter or section (of a book); as in उणादिप्रक्रिया. -6 (In gram.) Etymological formation. -7 A privilege. -8 An introductory chapter of a work. -9 Rules for the formation of words. -1 Good conduct, action; प्रक्रिया वैरिकारिका Mb.12.111.59 (com. प्रक्रिया प्रकृष्टं कर्म) -11 (In medicine) a prescription.

prajā	प्रजा (Changed to प्रजस् at the end of a Bah. compound, when the first member is अ, सु or दुस्; as अवेक्षित- प्रजः R.8.32; सुप्रजस् 18.29.) 1 Procreation, generation, propagation, birth, production. -2 Offspring, progeny, issue; children, brood (of animals); प्रजार्थव्रतकर्शिताङ्गम् B.2.73; प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1.7; Ms.3.42; Y.1.269; so बकस्य प्रजा, सर्पप्रजा &c. -3 Posterity, descendants. -4 A creature. -6 Subjects, people, mankind; ननन्दुः सप्रजाः प्रजाः; R.4.3; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा Ś.5.5. and स्वाभ्यः प्रजाभ्यो हि यथा तथैव सर्वप्रजाभ्यः शिवमाशशंसे Bu. Ch.2.35 (where प्रजा has sense 2 also); R.1.7;2.73; Ms.1.8. -6 Semen. -7 An era; Buddh. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः 1 an epithet of the sun. -2 of Dakṣa. -अन्तकः Yama, the god of death; अथ वा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुं मृदुनैवारभते प्रजान्तकः R.8.45. -ईप्सु a. desirous of progeny. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः the lord of men, a king, sovereign; तमभ्यनन्दत् प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68;5.32; प्रजाश्चिरं सुप्रजसि प्रजेशे ननन्दुरानन्दजलाविलाक्ष्यः 18.29. -उत्पत्तिः f. -उत्पादनम् the raising up of progeny. -कल्पः the time of creation; Hariv. -काम a. desirous of progeny. -कारः author of the creation. -तन्तुः a line of descendants, lineage, race. -तीर्थम् the auspicious moment of birth; Bhāg. -द a. 1 granting progeny. -2 removing barrenness. -दानम् silver. -द्वारम् N. of the sun. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 a king, sovereign, prince; प्रजाः प्रजानाथ पितेव पासि R.2.48;1.83. -निषेकः 1 impregnation, seed (implanted in the womb); प्रजानिषेकं मयि वर्तमानं सूनोरनुध्यायत चेतसेति R.14.6. -2 offspring. -पः a king. -पतिः 1 the god presiding over creation; प्रजने च प्रजापतिम् Ms.12.121. -2 an epithet of Brahmā; अस्याः सर्गविधौ प्रजापतिरभूच्चन्द्रो नु कान्तिप्रदः V.1.9. -3 an epithet of the ten lords of created beings first created by Brahmā (see Ms.1.34). -4 an epithet of Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -5 the sun. -6 a king. -7 a son-in-law. -8 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 a father, progenitor. -1 the penis. -11 a sacrifice; ˚हृदयम् A kind of सामगान. -12 N. of a संवत्सर. -परि- पालनम्, -पालनम् the protection of subjects. -पालः, -पालकः a king, sovereign. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पाल्यम् royal office. -वृद्धिः f. increase of progeny. -व्यापारः care for or anxiety about the people. -सृज् m. epithet of Brahmā; कृतः प्रजाक्षेमकृता प्रजासृजा Śi.1.28. -हित a. beneficial to children or people. (-तम्) water.

pratibhedaḥ	प्रतिभेदः 1 Splitting, dividing. -2 Discovery. -3 Betrayal.

prabhu	प्रभु a. (भु-भ्वी f.) 1 Mighty, strong, powerful. -2 -2 Able, competent, having power to (with inf. or in comp.); ऋषिप्रभावान्मयि नान्तको$पि प्रभुः प्रहर्तुं किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -3 A match for; प्रभुर्मल्लो मल्लाय Mbh. -4 Abundant. -5 Everlasting, eternal. -भुः 1 A lord, master; प्रभुर्बुभूषुर्भुवन- त्रयस्य यः Śi.1.49. -2 A governor, ruler, supreme authority. -3 An owner, proprietor. -4 Quick-silver. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 Of Śiva. -7 Of Brahmā; cf. समीक्ष्य प्रभवस्त्रयः Bhāg.4.1.21; (also applied to various gods as Indra; Sūrya, Agni). -8 Word, sound. -Comp. -भक्त a. attached or devoted to one's lord, loyal; बह्वाशी, स्वल्पसंतुष्टः, सुनिद्रः, शीघ्रचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षड्गुणाः शुनः ॥ Chāṇakyanītidarpaṇa. (-क्त) a good horse. -भक्तिः f. devotion to one's lord, loyalty, faithfulness.

pramada	प्रमद a. 1 Drunk, intoxicated (fig. also). -2 Impassioned. -3 Careless. -4 Wanton, dissolute. -5 Violent, strong. -दः 1 Joy, pleasure, delight; बिभ्रन्ति यत्र प्रमदाय पुंसाम् Śi.3.54;13.2; Māl.9; अप्यमुना न वचोविषयो यः स प्रमदः सहासालसमूहे Rām. Ch.4.94. -2 The Dhattūra plant. -3 The ankle. -Comp. -काननम्, -वनम् a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem.

pramadā	प्रमदा 1 A young handsome woman; अतः समीपे परिणेतुरिष्यते तदप्रियापि प्रमदा स्वबन्धुभिः Ś.5.17. -2 A wife or woman in general; असति त्वयि वारुणीमदः प्रमदानामधुना विडम्बना Ku.4.12; R.8.72. -3 The sign virgo of the zodiac. -4 N. of a metre; नजसजला गुरुश्च भवति प्रमदा; V. Ratna. -Comp. -काननम्, -वनम् a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem (for the use of the wives of a king). -जनः 1 a young woman. -2 womankind.

prasādana	प्रसादन a. (-नी f.) 1 Purifying, clearing, rendering pure or clear. -2 Soothing, calming. -3 Cheering, gladdening. -नः A royal tent. -नम् 1 Clearing from impurities, purifying. -2 Soothing, calming, tranquillizing, composing. -3 Pleasing, gratifying. -4 Propitiating, courting fovour. -ना, -नी 1 Service, worship. -2 Purifying.

prasavakaḥ	प्रसवकः The piyāla tree; Buchanania Latifolia (Mar. चारोळी).

prāsādaḥ	प्रासादः [प्रसीदत्यस्मिन् प्र + सद् आधारे घञ् दीर्घः] 1 A palace, mansion, any large palatial building; भिक्षुः कुटीयति प्रासादे Sk.; Me.66. -2 A royal mansion. -3 A temple, shrine. -4 A raised platform for spectators. -5 Terrace; ततो दुर्योधनगृहं प्रासादैरुपशोभितम् Mb.12.44.6. -Comp. -अङ्गनम् the court-yard of a palace or temple. -आरोहणम् entering or going up into a palace. -कुक्कुटः a tame pigeon. -गर्भः an inner apartment in a palace. -तलम् the surface or flat roof of a palace. -पृष्ठः a balcony on the top of a palace; अथ प्रासादपृष्ठे सुखोपविष्टानां राजपुत्राणां ...... H. -प्रतिष्ठा the consecration of a temple. -प्रस्तरः the flat roof of a house. -मण्डना a kind of orpiment. -शायिन् a. sleeping in a palace. -शिखरः, -शृङ्गम् the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple, a turret; प्रासादशिखरस्थो$पि काकः किं गरुडायते Pt.

priyālaḥ	प्रियालः The tree called Piyāl; see पियाल; Bhāg. 8.2.11. -ला A vine.

balam	बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.

bāla	बाल a. 1 Young, infantine, not full-grown or developed (of persons or things); बालेन स्थविरेण वा Ms. 8.7; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7; so बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77; R.2.45;13.24. -2 Newly risen, young (as the sun or its rays); बालार्कप्रतिमे- वाप्सु वीचिभिन्ना पतिष्यतः R.12.1. -3 New, waxing (as the moon); पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनुप्रवेशादिव बाल- चन्द्रमाः R.3.22; Ku.3.29. -4 Puerile. -5 Ignorant, unwise; अनर्थकुशला ह्येते बालाः पण्डितमानिनः Rām.2.1.38. -6 Pure (as an animal fit for sacrifice). -लः 1 A child, an infant; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्); Ms.2.239. -2 A boy, youth, young person. -3 A minor (under 16 years of age); बाल आषोडशाद्वर्षात् Nārada. -4 A colt, foal. -5 A fool, simpleton; नीरसायां रसं बालो बालिकायां विकल्पयेत् Pt.4.91. -6 (a) A tail. (b) An elephant's or a horse's tail. -7 Hair; तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48. -8 An elephant five years old; 'पञ्चवर्षो गजो बालः पोतस्तु दशवार्षिकः' Vaijayantī. According to Mātaṅga L. (5.2.) however it means an elephant in the first year. -9 A kind of perfume. -1 The cocoa-nut. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the point of a hair. -2 A dove-cot; प्रासादबालाग्रकपोतपालिकायामुपविष्टः शृणोमि Mk.1.51/ 52. -अध्यापकः a tutor of youths or children. -अपत्यम् youthful progeny. -अभ्यासः study during childhood, early application (to study). -अरुण a. red like early dawn. (-णः) early dawn; morning sun. -अर्कः the newly-risen sun; R.12.1. -अवबोधः, -नम् instruction of the young; Pt.1. -अवस्थ a. juvenile, young; भुवमधिपतिर्बालाबस्थो$प्यलं परिरक्षितुम् V.5.18. -अवस्था childhood. -आतपः morning sunshine. -आमयः a child's disease. -इन्दुः the new or waxing moon; बालेन्दुवक्राप्य- विकाशभावाद् बभुः पलाशान्यतिलोहितानि Ku.3.29. -इष्टः the jujube tree. -उपचारः, -चरणम् (medical) treatment of children. -उपवीतम् 1 a piece of cloth used to cover the privities. -2 The sacrificial cord. -कदली a young plantain tree. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कुन्दः, -दम् a kind of young jasmine. (-दम्) a young jasmine blossom; अलके बालकुन्दानुविद्धम् Me.67. -कृमिः a louse. -कृष्णः Kṛiṣṇa as a boy. -केलिः, -ली f. child's play or amusement. -क्रीडनम् a child's play or toy. -क्रीडनकम् a child's toy. -कः 1 a ball. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -क्रीडा a child's play, childish or juvenile sport. -खिल्यः a class of divine personages of the size of a thumb and produced from the creator's body and said to precede the sun's chariot (their number is said to be sixty thousand); cf. R.15.1; क्रतोश्च सन्ततिर्भार्या बालखिल्यानसूयत । षष्टिर्यानि सहस्राणि ऋषिणामूर्ध्व- रेतसाम् ॥ Mārk. P. -गर्भिणी a cow with calf for the first time. -गोपालः 'the youthful cowherd', an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa, as the boycowherd. -ग्रहः any demon (or planetary influence) teasing or injuring children; बालग्रहस्तत्र विचिन्वती शिशून् Bhāg.1.6.7. -घ्नः a childslayer, infanticide; Ms.11.19. -चन्द्रः -चन्द्रमस् m. 1 the young or waxing moon; इह जगति महोत्सवस्य हेतुर्नयनवतामुदियाय बालचन्द्रः Māl.2.1. -2 a cavity of a particular shape; Mk.3.13. -चरितम् 1 juvenile sports. -2 early life or actions; U.6. -चर्यः N. of Kārtikeya. (-र्या) the bahaviour of a child. -चुम्बालः a fish; Nigh. Ratn. -चतः a young mango-tree; धत्तेचक्षुर्मुकुलिनि रणत्कोकिले बालचूते Māl.3.12. -ज a. produced from hair. -जातीय a. childish, foolish, simple. -तनयः the Kha- dira tree. -तन्त्रम् midwifery. -तृणम् young grass. -दलकः the Khadira. -धनम् the property of a minor; Ms.8.149. -धिः (also बालधिः) a hairy tail; तुरंगमैरा- यतकीर्णवालधिः Śi.12.73; Ki.12.47. -नेत्र a. guided or steered by a fool. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the Khadira tree. -पाश्या 1 an ornament worn in the hair when parted. -2 a string of pearls binding or intertwining the braid of hair. -पुष्टिका, -पुष्टी, -पुष्पी a kind of jasmine. -बोधः 1 instructing the young. -2 any work adapted to the capacities of the young or inexperienced. -भद्रकः a kind of poison. -भारः a large bushy tail; बाधेतोल्का- क्षपितचमरीबालभारो दवाग्निः Me.55. -भावः 1 child-hood, infancy. -2 a hairy growth; एतद्भ्रुवौ जन्म तदाप युग्मं लीलाचलत्वोचितबालभावम् N.7.26. -3 inattention; Ms. 8.118. (Kull.) -4 children (collectively). -5 recent rise (of a planet). -भृत्यः a servant from childhood. -भैषज्यम् a kind of collyrium. -भोज्यः pease. -मनो- रमा N. of several grammars. -मरणम् (with Jainas) a fool's manner of dying (12 in number). -मित्रः a friend from boyhood. -मृगः a fawn. -मूलम् a young radish. -मूषिका a small mouse. -मृणालः a tender filament or fibre (of lotus); व्यालं बालमृणालतन्तुभिरसौ रोद्धुं समुज्म्भते Bh.2.6. -यज्ञोपवीतकम् the sacred thread worn across the breast. -राजम् lapis lazuli. -रोगः a child's disease; अथ बालरोगाणां निदानानि लक्षणानि चाह । धात्र्यास्तु गुरुभिर्भोज्यैर्विषमैर्दोषलैस्तथा ...... Bhāva. P. -लता a young creeper; अवाकिरन् बाललताः प्रसूनैः R.2.1. -लीला child's play, juvenile pastime. -वत्सः 1 a young calf. -2 a pigeon. -वायजम् lapis lazuli. -वासस् n. a woollen garment. -वाह्यः a young or wild goat. -विधवा a child-widow. -वैधव्यम् child-widowhood. -व्यजनम् a chowrie or fly-flapper (usually made of the tail of the yāk or Bos Grunniens and used as one of the royal insignia); यस्यार्थयुक्तं गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति बाल- व्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; R.9.66;14.11;16.33,57. -व्रतः an epithet of a Buddha saint Mañjughoṣa. -सखि m. a friend from childhood. -संध्या early twilight. -सात्म्यम् milk. -सुहृद् m. a friend of one's youth. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः lapis lazuli. -स्थानम् 1 childhood. -2 youth. -3 inexperience. -हत्या infanticide. -हस्तः a hairy tail.

bhakta	भक्त p. p. [भज्-क्त] 1 Distributed, allotted, assigned; वामहस्ताहृतं चान्नं भक्तं पर्युषितं च यत् Mb.12.36.31. -2 Divided. -3 Served, worshipped. -4 Engaged in, attentive to. -5 Attached or devoted to, loyal, faithful; मन्मना भव मद्भक्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु Bg.9.34. -6 Dressed, cooked (as food). -7 Forming a part of, belonging to. -8 Loved, liked (at the end of comp.). -क्तः A worshipper, adorer, devotee, votary, faithful attendant; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति Bg.4.3;7.23;9.31; भक्तानां त्रिविधानां च लक्षणं श्रूयतामिति । तृणशय्यारतो भक्तो मन्नाम- गुणकीर्तिषु । मनो निवेशयेत् त्यक्त्वा संसारसुखकारणम् ॥ Brav. P. -क्तम् 1 A share, portion. -2 Food; वन्यं सुविहितं नित्यं भक्तमश्नाति पञ्चमम् Rām.5.36.41; भक्तं भुक्तं ततः किम् Bh.3. 74; also meal; तथैव सप्तमे भक्ते भक्तानि षडनश्नता Ms.11.16; चतुर्थभक्तक्षपणं वैश्ये शूद्रे विधीयते Mb.13.16. -3 Boiled rice; गन्धेन स्फुरता मनागनुसृतो भक्तस्य सर्पिष्मतः U.4.1. -4 Any eatable grain boiled with water. -5 Adoration, worship. -6 The grain; यस्य त्रैवार्षिकं भक्तं पर्याप्तं भृत्यवृत्तये Ms.11.7; Mb.12.165.5 (भक्तं एकाहपर्याप्तं धान्यम् Nīlakaṇṭha). -7 The wages, remuneration (वेतन); Mb. 13.23.7. -Comp. -अग्रः, -ग्रम् a refectory; Buddh. -अभिलाषः desire of food, appetite. -उद्भवः gruel ब्रुव bruva ब्रुवाण bruvāṇa ब्रुव ब्रुवाण a. Professing or pretending to be, calling oneself by a name to which he has no real title (at the end of comp.), as in ब्राह्मणब्रुव, क्षत्रियब्रुव &c.

bhaktiḥ	भक्तिः f. [भज्-क्तिन्] 1 Separation, partition, division. -2 A division, portion, share. -3 (a) Devotion, attachment, loyalty, faithfulness; तद्भक्तिसंक्षिप्तबृहत्प्रमाणमारुह्य कैलासमिव प्रतस्थे Ku.7.37; R.2.63; Mu.1.15. (b) Faith, belief, pious faith. -4 Reverence, service, worship, homage. -5 Texture, arrangement; भवति विरलभक्तिर्म्लानपुष्पोपहारः R.5.74; मणिमरीचिरचितेन्द्रचापभक्तयः विद्याधरपतयः Nāg.5. -6 Decoration, ornament, embellishment; सुकृतेहामृगाकीर्णं सूत्कीर्णं भक्तिभिस्तथा Rām.2.15.35; आबद्धमुक्ताफलभक्तिचित्रे Ku.7.1,94; R.13.55.75;15.3. अधिरुह्य स वज्रभक्तिचित्रम् (आसनम्) Bu. Ch.5.44. -7 An attribute. -8 The being part of, belonging to. -9 A figurative sense, secondary sense; भक्त्या निष्क्रयवादः स्यात् MS.4.4.28 (भक्त्या here seems to have been used as an indeclinable); cf. also MS.8.3.22. -1 Predisposition (of body to any disease). -Comp. -गम्य a. accessible by devotion. -गन्धि a. one who has only a small measure of devotion; भक्तिगन्धिरमुनाकलि कर्णः N.21. 32. -चित्रम् drawings; बह्वाश्चर्यं भक्तिचित्रं ब्रह्मणा परिनिर्मितम् Rām.7.15.38. -छेदः 1 a coloured streak, lines of painting or decoration; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -2 distinguishing marks of devotion to Viṣṇu. -ज्ञ a. faithfully attached. -नम्र a. making a humble obeisance. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. devoutly, reverentially. -भाज् a. 1 devout, fervid. -2 firmly attached or devoted, faithful, loyal. -मार्गः the way of devotion; i. e. devotion to god, regarded as the way to the attainment of final emancipation and eternal bliss (opp. to कर्ममार्ग and ज्ञानमार्ग). -योगः loving faith, loyal devotion; स स्थाणुः स्थिरभक्तियोगसुलभो निःश्रेयसायास्तु वः Vikr.1.1. -रसः 1 a sense of devotion. -2 a sentiment of devotion; भक्तिरसस्यैव हास्यशृङ्गारकरुणरौद्रभयानकबीभत्सशान्ताद्भुतवीररूपेणा- नुभवाद् व्यासादिभिर्वर्णितस्य विष्णोर्विष्णुभक्तानां वा चरितस्य नव- रसात्मकस्य श्रवणादिना जनितश्चमत्कारो हि भक्तिरसः Muktāvalī. -रागः affection, deep devotion. -वादः assurance of attachment.

bhaktimata	भक्तिमत a. 1 Devout, having pious faith. -2 Loyally devoted or attached, faithful, loyal. -3 Religious, pious.

bhartṛ	भर्तृ m. [भृ-तृच्] 1 A husband; यद्भर्तुरेव हितमिच्छति तत् कलत्रम् Bh.2.8; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl.6.18. -2 A lord, master, superior; भर्तुः शापेन Me.1; गण˚, भूत˚ &c. -3 A leader, commander, chief; स्वभर्तृनामग्रहणाद्बभूव सान्द्रे रजस्यात्मपरावबोधः R.7.41. -4 A supporter, bearer, protector; भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bri. Up.1.3.18. -5 The creator. -6 N. of Viṣṇu; सवनो भावनो भर्ता V. Sah. -Comp. -गुणः the excellence or virtue of a husband; उत्कर्षं योषितः प्राप्ताः स्वैः स्वैर्भर्तृगुणैः शुभैः Ms.9.24. -घ्नी a woman who murders her husband; पाषण्ड्यानाश्रितास्तेना भर्तृघ्न्यः कामगादिकाः Y.3.6. -चित्त a. thinking of a husband; Ks. -दारकः a crown-prince, prince royal, young prince, an heirapparent (a term of address chiefly used in dramas). -दारिका a young princess (a term of address in dramas). -देवता, -दैवता idolizing a husband. -प्रिय, -भक्त a. devoted to one's master. -लोकः the husband's world; पतिं या नाभिचरति मनोवाग्देहसंयता । सा भर्तृलोकमाप्नोति Ms. 5.165. -व्रतम् fidelity or devotion to a husband. (-ता) a virtuous and devoted wife; cf. पतिव्रता. -शोकः grief for the death of the husband. -हरिः N. of a celebrated author to whom are ascribed the three Śatakas (शृङ्गार, नीति and वैराग्य) and also वाक्यपदीय and भट्टि- काव्य. -हार्यधन a. (a slave) whose possessions may be taken by his master; न हि तस्यास्ति किंचित् स्वं भर्तृहार्यधनो हि सः Ms.8.417. -हीन a. abandoned by a master.

bhedaḥ	भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.

bhaujyam	भौज्यम् 1 A kind of sovereignty; cf. वैराज्य, स्वाराज्य &c. -2 A royal rank (ऐश्वर्य); न वयं साध्वि साम्राज्यं स्वाराज्यं भौज्यमप्युत । वैराज्यं पारमेष्ठ्यं च आनन्त्यं वा हरेः पदम् ॥ Bhāg. 1.83.41.

bhaurikaḥ	भौरिकः [भूरि सुवर्णमधिकरोति ठक्] The superintendent of gold in a royal treasury, a treasury-officer, a treasurer.

makha	मख a. [मख् संज्ञायां घ] Ved. 1 Adorable, fit to be worshipped with oblations. -2 Lively, active, cheerful. -खः 1 A sacrificial rite; अकिंचनत्वं मखजं व्यनक्ति R.5.16; Ms.4.24; R.3.39. -2 A festival. -3 Worship; वैदिक- स्तान्त्रिको मिश्र इति मे त्रिविधो मखः Bhāg.11.27.7. -Comp. -अंशभाज् m. a god. -अग्निः, -अनलः sacrificial fire. -अन्नम् the seed of Euryale Ferox (कमलबीज). -असुहृद् m. an epithet of Śiva. -क्रिया a sacrificial rite. -त्रातृ m. an epithet of Rāma; घ्राणं पातु मखत्राता Rām. stotra 5. -द्विष् m. a demon, a Rākṣasa; तत्र यावधिपती मखद्विषां तौ शरव्यमकरोत् स नेतरान् R.11.27;3.45; U.5.4. -द्वेषिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -प्रभुः m. the Soma plant. -मृगव्याधः an epithet of Śiva; मखमृगव्याधोत्तमाङ्गस्थल- स्थास्नु ...... N.22.14. -हन् n. an epithet 1 of Indra. -2 of Śiva.

maṅkhaḥ	मङ्खः 1 A royal bard. -2 A medicament of a particular class. -3 N. of a lexicographer.

maṇiḥ	मणिः [मण्-इन् स्त्रीत्वपक्षे वा ङीप्] (Said to be f. also, but rarely used) 1 A jewel, gem, precious stone; मणिर्लुठति पादेषु काचः शिरसि धार्यते । यथैवास्ते तथैवास्तां काचः काचो मणिर्मणिः H.2.68; अलब्धशाणोत्कषणा नृपाणां न जातु मौलौ मणयो वसन्ति Bv.1.73; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4;3.18. -2 An ornament in general. -3 Anything best of its kind; cf. रत्न. -4 A magnet, loadstone. -5 The wrist. -6 A water-pot. -7 Clitoris. -8 Glans penis. -9 A crystal; क्वचिन्मणिनिकाशोदाम् (नदीम्) Rām. 2.95.9. -1 The fleshy excrescence on the neck of a goat (also written मणी in these senses). -11 An ingot, a lump (of gold); यथा सोम्यैकेन लोहमणिना सर्वं लोहमयं विज्ञातं स्यात् Ch. Up.6.1.5. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -राजः a diamond. -कण्ठः the blue jay. -कण्ठकः a cock. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी N. of a sacred pool in Benares. -काचः the feathered part of an arrow. -काञ्चनयोगः a rare combination of mutually worthy things. -काननम् the neck. -कारः a lapidary, jeweller; मणिकाराश्च ये केचित् Rām.2.83.12. -गुणः a quality of gems; षडश्रश्चतुरश्रो वृत्तो वा, तीव्ररागसंश्थानवानच्छः स्निग्धो गुरुरर्चिष्मानन्तर्गतप्रभः प्रभानु- लेपी चेति मणिगुणाः Kau. A.2.11.29. -ग्रीवः a son of Kubera. -तारकः the crane or Sārasa bird. -तुण्डः a striped hyena; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -तुलाकोटिः a foot ornament consisting of jewels. -दण्ड a. having a handle adorned with jewels. -दर्पणः a jewelled mirror. -दीपः 1 a lamp having jewels; मणिदीपप्रकाशितं ...... पश्येदं रङ्गमन्दिरम् -2 a jewel serving as a lamp. -दोषः a flaw or defect in a jewel. -द्वीपः 1 the hood of the serpent Ananta. -2 N. of a fabulous island in the ocean of nectar; सुधासिन्धोर्मध्ये सुरविटपिवाटीपरिसरे । मणिद्वीपे नीपोपवनवति चिन्तामणिगृहे Saundaryalaharī. -धनुः m., -धनुस् n. a rainbow. -पाली a female keeper of jewels. -पुष्पकः N. of the conchshell of Sahadeva; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणिपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -पूरः 1 the navel, -2 a kind of bodice richly adorned with jewels. (-रम्) 1 N. of a town in Kaliṅga. -2 the pit of the stomach, or a mystical circle on the navel (also मणि- पूरक); तदूर्ध्वे नाभिदेशे तु मणिपूरं महाप्रभम् । ...... मणिवद् भिन्नं तत्पद्मं मणिपूरं तथोच्यते Yogagrantha. ˚पतिः an epithet of Babhruvāhana. -प्रवेकः a most excellent jewel. -प्रभा N. of a metre. -बन्धः 1 the wrist; रक्षाकरण्डकमस्य मणिबन्धे न दृश्यते Ś.7. -2 the fastening of jewels; R.12.12; मणिबन्धैर्निगूढैश्च सुश्लिष्टशुभसन्धिभिः Garuḍa P. -3 a kind of metre. -बन्धनम् 1 fastening on of jewels, a string or ornament of pearls. -2 that part of a ring or bracelet where the jewels are set; collet; Ś.6. -3 the wrist; ...... मणिबन्धनात् कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.13. -बीजः, -वीजः the pomegranate tree. -भावरः an Indian crane; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -भित्तिः f. N. of the palace of Śesa. -भूः f. a floor set with jewels. -भूमिः f. 1 a mine of jewels. -2 a jewelled floor, floor inlaid with jewels. -मण्डपः 1 N. of the residence of Śeṣa. -2 a crystal hall. -मन्तकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -मन्थम् rock-salt; क्वणन्मणिमन्थभूधर भवशिला- लेहायेहाचणो लवणस्यति N.19.18. -माला 1 a string or necklace of jewels. -2 lustre, splendour, beauty. -3 a circular impression left by a bite (in amorous sports). -4 N. of Lakṣmī. -5 N. of a metre. -मेखल a. girdled with gems. -यष्टिः m., f. a jewelled stick, a string of jewels. -रत्नम् a jewel, gem. -रागः the colour of jewels. (-गम्) vermilion. -विग्रह a. jewelled; काञ्चनीं मणिविग्रहाम् Rām.6.128.75. -विशेषः an excellent jewel. -शिला a jewelled slab. -सरः a necklace; मणिसरममलं तारकपटलं नखदशशशिभूषिते Gīt. -शृङ्गः the god of the sun. -सूत्रम् a string of pearls. -सोपानम् a jewelled staircase. -स्तम्भः a pillar inlaid with jewels. -हर्म्यम् a jewelled or crystal palace.

mantraḥ	मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

mārīca	मारीच a. (-ची f.) Belonging to or composed by Marīchi. -चः 1 N. of a demon, son of Sunda and Tāḍakā. He assumed the form of a golden deer, and thus enticed Rāma to a considerable distance from Sītā, so that Rāvaṇa found a good opportunity to carry her off. -2 A large or royal elephant. -3 A kind of plant (Mar. कंकोळ). -4 N. of the sage Kaśyapa; cf. स्वायंभुवान्मरीचेर्यः प्रबभूव प्रजापतिः Ś.7.9. -5 A sacrificing priest. -ची 1 N. of the mother of Śākyamuni. -2 N. of a Buddhist goddess. -3 N. of an Apsaras. -चम् A collection of pepper shrubs.

māhārājika	माहाराजिक a. (-की f.) Fit for a great king, imperial, royal.

mṛtakaḥ	मृतकः कम् A dead person, a corpse; उवाच मृतकोपान्ते पतितं मृतकोपमम् A. Rām.6.12.9; ध्रुवं ते जीवन्तो$प्यहह मृतका मन्दमतयो न येषामानन्दं जनयति जगन्नाथभणितिः Bv.4.39. -कम् 1 Impurity contracted through the death of a relation. -2 Death. -Comp. -अन्तकः a jackal. -स्वमोक्तृ m. a royal sage; L. D. B.

maurvī	मौर्वी [मूर्वालता तत्तन्तुना निर्वृत्ता अण्] 1 A bow-string; मौर्वीकिणाङ्को भुजः Ś.1.13; मौर्वी धनुषि चातता R.1.19;18. 48; Ku.3.55; धनुः पौष्पं मौर्वी मधुकरमयी पञ्च विशिखाः Saundaryalaharī 6. -2 A girdle made of Mūrvā grass (to be worn by a Kṣatriya); क्षत्रियस्य तु मौर्वी ज्या Ms.2.42. -3 (In geom.) The sine of an arc; (also मौर्विका).

yājakaḥ	याजकः [यज्-ण्वुल्] 1 A sacrificer, a sacrificing priest; अयाजयन् महाराजं याजका देववर्चसः Bhāg.1.74.16. -2 A royal elephant. -3 An elephant in rut.

yuvan	युवन् a. [यौतीति युवा, यु-कनिन् Uṇ.1.154] (युवतिः -ती or यूनी f.; compar. यवीयस् or कनीयस्; superl. यविष्ठ or कनिष्ठ) 1 Young, youthful, adult, arrived at puberty. -2 Strong, healthy. -3 Excellent, good. -m. (nom. युवा, युवानौ, युवानः, acc. pl. यूनः, instr. pl. युवभिः &c.) 1 A young man, a youth; सा यूनि तस्मिन्नभिलाषबन्धं शशाक शालीनतया न वक्तुम् R.6.81. -2 A younger descendant (the elder being still alive); जीवति तु वंश्ये युवा P. IV. 1.163; I.2.65; II.4.58; IV.1.9. -3 An elephant 6 years old. -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -Comp. -खलती a. (-तिः -ती f.) bald in youth. -गण्डः an eruption on the cheeks or face of young men. -जरत् a. (-ती f.) appearing old in youth, prematurely old. -जानिः one whose wife is young; युवजानिः धनुष्पाणिः Bk.5.13. -पलित a. grey-haired in youth; P.II.1.67 com. -राज् m., -राजः an heir-apparent, a prince-royal, crown-prince; (असौ) नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35. -हन् infanticide.

raktiḥ	रक्तिः [रञ्ज्-क्तिन्] 1 Pleasingness, loveliness, charmingness. -2 Attachment, affection, loyalty, devotion.

rajaniḥ	रजनिः नी f. [रज्यते$त्र, रञ्ज्-कनि वा ङीप् Uṇ.2.11] 1 Night; हरिरभिमानी रजनिरिदानीमियमपि याति विरामम् Gīt.5; रतिश्रान्ता शेते रजनिरमणी गाढमुरसि K. P. -2 Turmeric. -3 Red lac; यथा रजनी मे कण्डूयति, तिलको मे स्पन्दते इति । रागा- भावे तिलकाभावे च तद्देशलक्षणया भवन्ति वक्तार इति ŚB. on Ms.8.4.28. -4 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चरः 1 a nightstalker, demon, goblin. -2 a thief. -3 a night-watcher. -4 N. of the moon. -जलम् night-dew, hoar-frost. -नाथः, -पतिः, -रमणः the moon. -पुरन्ध्री a form of the upamā (उपमा- रूपक); Kāvyāl.4.3.32 (com). -मुखम् nightfall, evening; प्रदोषो रजनीमुखम् Ak. -हंसा a Śephālī flower.

rājakīya	राजकीय a. Kingly, royal.

rājan	राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess. -पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.

rājatā	राजता त्वम् Royalty, sovereignty, royal rank or position.

rājanya	राजन्य a. [राजन्-यत् नलोपः] Royal, kingly. -न्यः 1 A man of the Kṣatriya caste, royal personage; राजन्यान् स्वपुरनिवृत्तये$नुमेने R.4.87; संप्रति करणीयो राजन्ये$पि प्रश्रयः U.6; R.3.48; Me.5. -3 N. of Agni. -4 A noble or distinguished personage. -न्या A lady of royal rank. -Comp. -बन्धुः Kṣatriya; राजन्यबन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तः विधीयते) Ms.2.65.

rājyam	राज्यम् [राज्ञो भावः कर्म वा, राजन्-यत् नलोपः] 1 Royalty, sovereignty; royal authority; राज्येन किं तद् विपरीतवृत्तेः R. 2.53;4.1. -2 A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1.58. -3 Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:- स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोषराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.). -2 a stronghold. -3 an army. -अधिकारः 1 authority over a kingdom. -2 a right to sovereignty. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of a kingdom. -अप- हरणम् usurpation. -अभिषेकः inauguration or coronation of a king. -आश्रममुनिः a pious king, the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; पप्रच्छ कुशलं राज्ये राज्याश्रममुनिं मुनिः R.1.58. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of government. -करः the tribute paid by a tributary prince. -कर्तृ m. 1 an administrator or officer of government. -2 a king. -खण्डम् a country. -च्युत a. deposed or dethroned. -तन्त्रम् the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu.1. -द्रव्यम् a requisite of sovereignty. -धुरा, -भारः the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government. -परि- क्रिया administration. -भाज् a king. -भङ्गः subversion of sovereignty. -भोगः the possession of sovereignty. -भ्रंशः deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the glory of sovereignty. -लोभः greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement. -विभूतिः power of royalty. -व्यवहारः administration, government business. -सुखम् the sweets of royalty. -स्थितिः government.

rāvaṇa	रावण a. [रु-णिच् ल्यु] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing; इत्युक्त्वा परुषं वाक्यं रावणः शत्रुरावणः Rām.3.56. 26 (com. शत्रून् रावयति क्रोशयति शत्ररावणः). -णः N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅkā and the chief of the Rākṣhasas; स रावणो नाम निकामभीषणं बभूव रक्षः क्षतरक्षणं दिवः Śi.1.48. [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikaśī and so half-brother of Kuber. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own capital. He had ten heads (and hence his names Daśagrīva, Daśa- vadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R.12.88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servants. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kārtavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvaṇa and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sītā and urged her to become his wife but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Laṅkā, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:-- रामरावणयोर्युद्धं रामरावणयोरिव ।]. -णम् 1 The act of screaming. -2 N. of a Muhūrta. -Comp. -अरिः N. of Rāma. -गङ्गा N. of a river in Laṅkā.

lakṣmī	लक्ष्मी f. [लक्ष्-इ मुट् च Uṇ.3.158,16] 1 Fortune, prosperity, wealth; सा लक्ष्मीरुपकुरुते यया परेषाम् Ki.8.13; मातर्लक्ष्मि तव प्रसादवशतो दोषा अमी स्युर्गुणाः Subhāṣ; Bh.3. 64; तृणमिव लघुलक्ष्मीर्नैव तान् संरुणद्धि Bh.2.17. -2 Good fortune, good luck. -3 Success, accomplishment; U.4. 1. -4 Beauty, loveliness, grace, charm, splendour; lustre; श्यामं सदापीच्यवयो$ङ्गलक्ष्म्या स्त्रीणां मनोज्ञं रुचिरस्मितेन Bhāg.1.19.28; मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; U.6.24; Māl.9.25; लक्ष्मीमुवाह सकलस्य शशाङ्कमूर्तेः Ki. 2.59;5.39,52;9.2; Ku.3.49. -5 The goddess of fortune, prosperity and beauty, regarded as the wife of Viṣṇu. (She is said to have sprung from the ocean along with the other precious things or 'jewels' when it was churned for nectar by the gods and demons.); इयं गेहे लक्ष्मीः U.1.39; प्रत्यब्दं पूजयेल्लक्ष्मीं शुक्लपक्षे गुरोर्दिने । नापराह्ने न रात्रौ च नासिते न त्र्यहस्पृशि ॥ Skanda P. -6 Royal or sovereign power, dominion; (oft. personified as a wife of the king and regarded as a rival of the queen); तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः साध्वीमपि त्यक्तवतो नृपस्य । वक्षस्यसंवट्टसुखं वसन्ती रेजे सपत्नीरहितेव लक्ष्मीः ॥ R.14.86;12.26. -7 The wife of a hero. -8 A pearl. -9 N. of turmeric. -1 Superhuman power. -11 N. of the eleventh digit of the moon. -Comp. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 the mango tree. -3 a prosperous or fortunate man. -कल्पः a particular period of time. -कान्तः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a king. -गृहम् the red lotus-flower. -तालः 1 a kind of palm. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -नाथः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निकेतनम् the bathing with fragrant myrobalan powder. -निरीक्षित a. favoured by Lakṣmī, rich; लक्ष्मीनिरीक्षिताः क्षिप्रं भजन्ते चक्रवर्तिताम् Bm.1.676. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a king; विहाय लक्ष्मीपतिलक्ष्म कार्मुकम् Ki.1.44. -3 the betel-nut tree. -4 the clove tree. -पुत्रः 1 a horse. -2 N. of Kuśa and Lava. -3 N. of Cupid or Kāma. -4 a wealthy man. -पुष्पः a ruby. -पूजनम् the ceremony of worshipping Lakṣmī (performed by the bridegroom in company with his bride after she has been brought home). -पूजा the worship of Lakṣmī performed on the day of newmoon in the month of Āśvina (chiefly by bankers and traders whose commercial or official year closes on that day). -फलः the Bilva tree. -रमणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वसतिः f. 'Lakṣmī's abode', the red lotus-flower. -वारः Thursday. -विवर्तः change of fortune. -वेष्टः turpentine. -सखः a favourite of Lakṣmī -सनाथ a. endowed with beauty or fortune. -सहजः, -सहोदरः 1 epithets of the moon. -2 camphor. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -समाह्वया N. of Sītā; L. D. B.

lalanam	ललनम् [लल्-ल्युट्] 1 Sport, play, pleasure, dalliance. -2 Lolling the tongue. -नः 1 A child. -2 The Sāla and Piyāla trees.

vara	वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.

vardhiṣṇu	वर्धिष्णु a. Growing, increasing, thriving; निराकरिष्णू वर्तिष्णू वर्धिष्णू परतो रणम् Bk.5.1; प्रतिपच्चन्द्रलेखेव वर्धिष्णुर्विश्व- वन्दिता ... शिवस्य ... मुद्रा (Śivāji's royal seal).

vāṭya	वाट्य a. Belonging to a park or garden. -2 Made of वट tree. -ट्यः Fried barley; also वाट्टकः Mb.8.44.11. -Comp. -पुष्पम् 1 sandal. -2 saffron. (-ष्पी) the plant अतिबला. -मण्डः scum of fried barley. वाट्या vāṭyā वाट्यालः vāṭyālḥ वाट्याली vāṭyālī वाट्या वाट्यालः वाट्याली N. of the plant अतिबला.

vikṛta	विकृत p. p. 1 Changed, altered, modified. -2 Sick, diseased. -3 Mutilated, deformed, disfigured; दृष्ट्वा तथैव विकृतं रथं मृत्युसमन्वितम् Rām.7.22.9; Ms.9.291. -4 Incomplete, imperfect. -5 Affected by passion or emotion. -6 Averse from, disgusted with. -7 Loathsome. -8 Strange, extraordinary. -9 Unnatural. -1 Perverted, spoiled. -11 Estranged, disloyal; Rām.2.39. 22; see विकृ above. -तम् 1 Change, modification. -2 Change for the worse, sickness. -3 Aversion, disgust. -4 Harm, misdeed; तच्छ्रुत्वा पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य रक्षसा विकृतं च तत् Rām.7.65.34. -5 Abortion; बालश्च न प्रमीयन्ते विकृतं न च जायते Ms.9.247.

vijayaḥ	विजयः 1 Overcoming, vanquishing, defeating. -2 Conquest, victory, triumph; दिग्विजयादारभ्य 'conquest of the world'; प्रभवति न तदा परो विजेतुं भवति जितेन्द्रियता यदात्मरक्षा Ki.1.35; R.12.44; Ku.3.19; अस्याधिज्ये धनुषि विजयम् Ś.2.16. -3 A chariot of the gods, celestial chariot. -4 N. of Arjuna; Mb. (4.44.14) thus explains the name:-- अभिप्रयामि संग्रामे यदहं युद्धदुर्मदान् । नाजित्वा विनिवर्तामि तेन मां विजयं विदुः ॥. -4 An epithet of Yama. -5 N. of the first year of Jupiter's cycle. -6 N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu. -7 Motion, march; L. D. B. -8 N. of a particular मुहूर्त; युक्ते मुहूर्ते विजये Rām.1.73.9. -9 The third month. -1 A kind of military array. -11 A kind of measure. -यम् A royal tent. -Comp. -अभ्युपायः a means of victory -आह्वय a. having the name Vijaya (i. e. Bijapur); तथा येदिलशाहो$पि पत्तने विजयाह्वये Śiva B.1.61. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -ऊर्जित a. exalted by victory; स प्रविश्य दिवं देवानजयद्विजयोर्जितः Bm.1.143. -कुञ्जरः a war-elephant. -छन्दः a necklace of 5 strings. -डिण्डिमः a large military drum. -दण्डः a particular detachment of an army. -द्वादशी the 12th day of the light half of श्रावण. -नगरम् N. of a town. -मर्दलः a large military drum. -श्रीः the goddess of victory. -सिद्धिः f. success, victory, triumph.

virudaḥ	विरुदः दम् 1 Proclaiming. -2 Crying aloud. -3 A panegyric, laudatory poem; गद्यपद्यमयी राजस्तुतिर्विरुदमुच्यते S. D.57; नदन्ति मददन्तिनः परिलसन्ति बाजिव्रजाः । पठन्ति विरु- दावलीमहितमन्दिरे वन्दिनः ॥ R.G. -Comp. -आवली 1 a collection of epithets. -2 a particular collection of religious lyrics; L. D. B. -ध्वजः a royal banner.

vṛkṣaḥ	वृक्षः [व्रश्च्-क्स Uṇ.3.66] 1 A tree; आत्मापराधवृक्षाणां फलान्येतानि देहिनाम्. -2 A tree bearing visible flowers and fruit; अपुष्पाः फलवन्तो ये ते वनस्पतयः स्मृताः । पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः ॥ Ms.1.47. -3 Wrightia Antidysenterica (Mar. इंद्रजव, कुडा). -Comp. -अङ्घ्रिः the root of a tree. -अदनः 1 a carpenter's chisel. -2 a hatchet. -3 the fig-tree. -4 the Piyāla tree. -अधिरूढः [also वृक्षाधिरूढम्, वृक्षाधिरूढिः f.] a kind of embrace by women resembling the climbing of trees by creepers [बाहुभ्यां कण्ठमालिङ्ग्य मामिनी कान्त उत्थिते । अङ्कमा- रोहते यस्य वृक्षारूढः स उच्यते Nārāyaṇa's com. on N.7.97.]; क्रमोद्गता पीवरताधिजङ्घं वृक्षाधिरूढं विदुषी किमस्याः N.7.97; वल्ली पुरन्ध्रिपटलं घटिताभिरामवृक्षाधिरूढकमुपैति परामभिख्याम् Haravijaya 5.33. -अम्लः the hog-plum. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree; वृक्षाम्लमाममम्लोष्णं वातघ्नं कफ- पित्तलम् । पक्वं तु गुरु संग्राहि कटुकं तुवरं लघु ॥ Bhāva P. -आमयः Lac, resin. -आरोपकः the planter of a tree; Ms.3.163. -आलयः a bird. -आवासः 1 a bird. -2 an ascetic. -आश्रयिन् m. 1 a kind of small owl. -2 a bird. -उत्पलः the Karṇikāra tree. -औकस् m. an ape. -कुक्कुटः a wild cock. -खण्डम् a grove or clump of trees. -गुल्म a. covered with trees and shrubs; Ms.7.192. -गृहः a bird. -चरः a monkey. -छाया the shade of a tree. (-यम्) thick shade, the shade of many trees. -तक्षकः a wood-feller. -धूपः turpentine. -नाथः the fig-tree. -निर्यासः gum, resin; Ms.5.6. -पाकः the fig tree. -भवनम् the hollow of a tree. -भिद् f. an axe. -भेदिनि m. 1 a hatchet. -2 a carpenter's chisel. -मर्कटिका a squirrel. -वाटिका = वाटी a garden, grove of trees. -शः a lizard. -शायिका a squirrel. -संकटम् a forest-thicket.

śayanam	शयनम् [शी-ल्युट्] 1 Sleeping, sleep, lying down. -2 A bed, couch; शयनस्थो न भुञ्जीत Ms.4.74; R.1.95; V.3.1. -3 Copulation, sexual union. -Comp. -अ (आ)गारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a bed-chamber, sleeping apartments. -एकादशी the eleventh day of the bright half of Āṣāḍha when Viṣṇu lies down to enjoy his four months' repose. -तलगत a. gone to bed, lying in bed. -पालिका the (female) keeper of a (royal) bed. -भूमिः a bed-chamber. -रचनम् the preparation of a bed (one of the 64 arts). -वासस् n. sleeping garment. -सखी a bed-fellow. -स्थ a. being on a couch; शयनस्थो न भुञ्जीत Ms.4.74. -स्थानम् a sleeping apartment, bed-chamber.

śārvarīka	शार्वरीक a. Nocturnal; शार्वरमिति च Vamana's Kāvyālaṁkārasūtrāṇi 59.

śāsana	शासन a. 1 Teaching, instructing; इति मे न तु बोधाय कल्पते शासनं वचः Bhāg.1.8.5. -2 Punishing, chastising. -नम् [शास्-ल्युट्] 1 Instruction, teaching, discipline. -2 Rule, sway, government; अनन्यशासनामुर्वीम् R.1.3; so अप्रतिशासन. -3 An order, a command, direction; तरुभिरपि देवस्य शासनं प्रमाणीकृतम् Ś.6; R.3.69;14.83. 18.28. -4 An edict, enactment, a decree. -5 A precept, rule. -6 A royal grant (of land &c.), charter; अहं त्वां शासनशतेन योजयिष्यमि Pt.1; Y.2.24.295. -7 A deed, writing, written agreement शासनप्रधाना हि राजानः स्युः Kau. A.2.9. -8 Control of passions. -9 A written book of authority. -1 A (religious) doctrine. -11 A message. (At the end of comp. शासन often means 'punisher, destroyer, killer'; as in स्मरशासनः, पाक- शासनः). -Comp. -अतिवृत्तिः f. violation of commands, disobedience. -द्रूषक a. disobeying a command. -धरः a messenger, envoy. -पत्रम् 1 a plate (usually of copper) on which a grant of land &c. is inscribed. -2 a sheet of paper on which an order is written. -पराङ्मुख a. disobedient to an order. -लङ्घनम् transgression of order. -हरः a royal messenger. -हारिन् m. 1 an envoy, a messenger; तमभ्यनन्दन प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -2 a conveyer of royal writs.

śibi	शिबि (वि) रम् 1 A camp; विद्रुते शिबिरे शून्ये Mb.9.3. 3.4; धृष्टद्युम्नः स्वशिबिरमयं याति सर्वे सहध्वम् Ve.3.18; Śi. 5.68. -2 A royal camp or residence. -3 An intrenchment for the protection of an army. -4 A kind of grain.

śyālakaḥ	श्यालकः 1 A wife's brother. -2 A wretched brother-in-law. श्यालकी śyālakī श्यालिका śyālikā श्याली śyālī श्यालकी श्यालिका श्याली A wife's sister.

śrī	श्री f. [श्रि-क्विप् नि˚ Uṇ.2.57] 1 Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् Rām.; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4 'fortune favours the brave'; कर्माव्यारभमाणं हि पुरुषं श्रीर्निषेवते Ms.9.3; Ki.7.28. -2 Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; श्रियः कुरूणामधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1. -3 Dignity, high position, state; श्री- लक्षण Ku.7.45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.67; विद्युल्लेखाकनकरुचिरं श्रीवितानं ममाभ्रम् V.4.13. -4 Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (मुखं) कमलश्रियं दधौ Ku.5.21; 7.32; R.3.8. -5 Colour, aspect; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परि- म्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2. -6 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ś.3.14; Śi.1.1. -7 Any virtue or excellence. -8 Decoration. -9 Intellect, understanding. -1 Superhuman power. -11 The three objects of human existence taken collectively (धर्म, अर्थ and काम). -12 The Sarala tree. -13 The Bilva tree. -14 Cloves. -15 A lotus. -16 The twelfth digit of the moon. -17 N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech). -18 Speech. -19 Fame, glory. -2 The three Vedas (वेदत्रयी); श्रिया विहीनैरधनैर्नास्तिकैः संप्रवर्तितम् Mb.12.1.2. ('ऋचः सामानि यजूंषि । सा हि श्रीरमृता सताम्' इति श्रुतेः । com.). -m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. -a. Splendid, radiant, adorning. (The word श्री is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; श्रीकृष्णः, श्रीरामः, श्रिवाल्मीकिः, श्रीजयदेवः; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; श्रीभागवत, श्रीरामायण &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used लक्ष्मी). -Comp. -आह्लम् a lotus. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कण्ठः an epithet of Śiva; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः (भवभूतिः) Mv.1.4/5. -2 of the poet Bhavabhūti; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः U.1. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera. -करः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-रम्) the red lotus. -करणम् a pen. -करणादिः a chief secretary; Inscr. -कान्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कारः the word 'श्री' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning). -कारिन् m. a kind of antelope. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of penance. -खण़डः, -ण्डम् sandal wood; श्रीखण्डविलेपनं सुखयति H.1.97. -गदितम् a kind of minor drama. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a sword. -ग्रहः a trough or place for watering birds. -ग्रामरः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -घनम् sour curds. (-नः) a Buddhist saint. -चक्रम् 1 the circle of the earth, the globe. -2 a wheel f Indra's car. -3 A diagram for the worship of त्रिपुरसुन्दरी in Tantra rituals. -4 An astrological division of the body (representing the public region). -जः an epithet of Kāma. -तालः a kind of palm tree. -दः an epithet of Kubera. -दयितः, -धरः epithets of Viṣṇu. -नगरम् N. of two old towns (one in Cawnpur district and the other in Bundelkhand); Raj. T.; H. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Kāma. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -निकेतनः, -निवासः epithets of Viṣṇu. -पञ्चमी the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha (a festival in honour of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī). -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रीपतिः पतिरसाववनेश्च परस्परन् Śi.13.69. -2 a king, sovereign. -पथः a main road, high way. -पर्णम् a lotus. -पर्णी the silk-cotton tree. -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; Māl.1. -पिष्टः turpentine. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Cupid; निर्जेतुं निखलजगत्सु मानुषाणि श्रीपुत्रे चरति पदैव शीतरश्मिः Rām. ch.7. 11. -2 the moon. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -पुष्पम् 1 cloves. -2 a fragrant wood (पद्मकाष्ठ). -प्रसूनम् cloves. -फलः the Bilva tree. (-लम्) 1 the Bilva fruit; स्तनयुगलं श्रीफलश्रीविडम्बि Vikr.; Ms.5.12. -2 a cocoanut. -फला, -फली 1 the indigo plant. -2 emblic myrobalan. -भ्रातृ m. 1 the moon. -2 a horse. -मकुटम् gold. -मस्तकः garlic. -मुद्रा a particular mark on the forehead by the Vaiṣṇavas. -मूर्तिः f. 1 an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. -2 any idol. -युक्त, -युत a. fortunate, happy. -2 wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men). -3 famous, illustrious. -रङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रसः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -वत्सः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; प्रभानुलिप्त- श्रीवत्सं लक्ष्मीविभ्रमदर्पणम् R.1.1. -3 a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन्, ˚मृत्, ˚लक्ष्मन्, ˚लाञ्छन m. epithets of Viṣṇu; तमभ्यगच्छत् प्रथमो विधाता श्रीवत्सलक्ष्मा पुरुषश्च साक्षात् Ku.7.43. -वत्सकिन् m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast. -वरः, -वल्लभः epithets of Viṣṇu. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वल्लभः a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt.1.45. -वासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -3 a lotus. -4 turpentine. -वासस् m. turpentine. -वृक्षः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree; वक्षः श्रीवृक्षकान्तं मधुकरनिकरश्यामलं शार्ङ्गपाणेः Viṣṇu. S.28. -3 a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse. ˚किन् having such mark; श्रीवृक्षकी पुरुषकोन्नमिताग्रकायः Śi.5.56. -वेष्टः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -संझम् cloves. -सहोदरः the moon. -सिद्धिः N. of the 16th Yoga (in astrol.). -सूक्तम् N. of a Vedic hymn (Ṛv.1.165). -हरिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हस्तिनी the sun-flower.

ṣāḍguṇyam	षाड्गुण्यम् [षड् गुणा एव ष्यञ्] 1 The collection of six qualities. -2 Six expedients to be used by a king, six measures of royal policy; षाड्गुण्यसमुद्देशः Kau. A.6; षाड्गुण्यमुपुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षी रसायनम् Śi.2.93; see under गुण also; षाड्गुण्यस्य प्रयोगेण तत्तन्मन्त्रबलेन च Śiva B.11.3. -3 Multiplication of anything by six. -4 Six properties. -Comp. -प्रयोगः employment of the six epedients or measures of royal policy.

saṃvedanam	संवेदनम् ना 1 Perception, knowledge. -2 Sensation, feeling, experiencing, suffering; दुःखसंवेदनायैव रामे चैतन्यमर्पितम् U.1.48. -3 Giving, surrendering; सुलभेष्वर्थ- लाभेषु परसंवेदने जनः Mu.1.25. -4 Betrayal.

saṃśayaḥ	संशयः 1 Doubt, uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation; मनस्तु मे संशमेव गाहते Ku.5.46; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.36. -2 Misgiving, suspicion. -3 Doubt or indecision (in Nyāya), one of the 16 categories mentioned in the Nyāya philosophy; एकधर्मिकविरुद्धभावा- भावप्रकारकं ज्ञानं संशयः; it is also regarded as one of the two kinds of अयतार्थज्ञान. -4 Danger, peril, risk; न संशयमनारुह्य नरो भद्राणि पश्यति H.1.7; याता पुनः संशयमन्यथैव Māl.1.13; Ki.13.16; Ve.6.1. -5 Possibility. -6 A subject of dispute or controversy; अग्निहोत्रादहमभ्यागता$स्मि विप्रर्षभाणां संशयच्छेदनाय Mb.3.186.22. -Comp. -आक्षेपः a particular figure of speech ('removal of doubt'); किमयं शरदम्भोदः किंवा हंसकदम्बकम् । रुतं नूपुरसंवादि श्रूयते तन्न तोयदः ॥ इत्ययं संशयाक्षेपः संशयो यन्निवार्यते । Kāv.2.163-4. -आत्मन् a. doubting, sceptical. -आपन्न, -उपेत, -स्थ a. doubtful, uncertain, irresolute. -उपमा a comparison expessed in the form of a doubt; किं पद्ममन्तर्भ्रान्तालि किं ते लोले- क्षणं मुखम् । मम दोलायते चित्तमितीयं संशयोपमा ॥ Kāv.2.26. -गत a. fallen into danger; Ś.6. -छेदः solution of a doubt, decision. -छेदिन् a. clearing all doubt, decisive; Ś.3. संशयान saṃśayāna संशयालु saṃśayālu संशयितृ saṃśayitṛ संशयान संशयालु संशयितृ a. Doubtful, irresolute, uncertain, wavering.

saṃsthā	संस्था 1 An assemblage, assembly. -2 Situation, state or condition of being; सुखं पृष्ट्वा प्रतिवेद्यात्मसंस्थाम् Mb. 5.38.2; विशुद्धविज्ञानधनं स्वसंस्थया Bhāg.1.37.22. -3 Form, nature; तेषां संस्थां प्रमाणं च भूलोकस्य च वर्णय Bhāg.3.7.27; पीडितो दुहितृशुल्कसंस्थया R.11.38. -4 Occupation, business, settled mode of life; लोकस्य संस्था न भवेत् सर्वं च व्याकुली- भवेत् Mb.12.56.6; Bhāg.1.44.48; प्रथक्संस्थाश्च निर्ममे Ms.1.21. -5 Correct or proper conduct. -6 End, completion; संस्था हि क्रियां प्रति औदासीन्यं, व्यापारान्तरकरणं वा पूर्वस्मात् कर्मणः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -7 Stop, stay. -8 Loss, destruction. -9 Destruction of the world. -1 Resemblance. -11 A royal decree or ordinance. -12 A form of Soma sacrifice; सोमस्तु रेतः सवनान्यवस्थितिः संस्था- विभेदास्तव देव धातवः Bhāg.3.13.38. -13 Death, dying; फलसंस्था भविष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.3.159.13; संस्थां च पाण्डुपुत्राणां वक्ष्ये कृष्णकथोदयम् Bhāg.1.7.12. -14 Manifestation, appearance. -15 Obligation or agreement (समय); कृतां संस्थामतिक्रान्ता भयात् प्रायमुपासिताः Rām.4.57.18. -16 Cremation. -17 A spy. -18 Resembling. -Comp. -वृक्षः a pot-herb; Kau. A.1.2.

sannaka	सन्नक a. Low, dwarfish. -कः The Piyāla tree. -Comp. -द्रुः, -द्रुमः the Piyāla tree.

sita	सित a. [सो-क्त] 1 White; सितं सितिम्ना सुतरां मुनेर्वपुः Śi. 1.25. -2 Bound, tied, fastened, fettered; सुहृत्सु च स्नेहसितः शिशूनाम् Bhāg.7.6.11; Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -3 Surrounded. -4 Ascertained, known. -5 Finished, ended. -तः 1 White colour. -2 The bright half of a lunar month. -3 The planet Venus. -4 An arrow. -5 Sugar. -तम् 1 Silver. -2 Sandal. -3 Radish. -Comp. -अंशु = सितकर q. v.; सितांशुवर्णैर्वयति सम तद्गुणैः N.1.12. -अग्रः a thorn. -अङ्कः, -चिह्नः a kind of fish; L. D. B. -अङ्गः 1 the श्वेत- रोहित tree. -2 camphor. -3 N. of Śiva. -अजाजी white cumin. -अपाङ्गः a peacock. -अभ्रः a white cloud. -अभ्रः -भ्रम् camphor. -अम्बरः an ascetic dressed in white garments. -अर्जकः white basil. -अश्वः an epithet of Arjuna. -असितः an epithet of Balarāma. (-तौ) Venus and Saturn. ˚गुण a. having black and white yarn alternately for warp and woof; पटं सितासितगुणं वयन्त्यौ तत्र योषितौ Bm.1.63. -आदिः molasses. -आननः N. of Garuḍa. -आभः camphor. -आयुधः a kind of fish. -आलिका a cockle. -इतर a. other than white; i.e. black. ˚गतिः fire. -उदरः an epithet of Kubera. -उद्भवम् white sandal. -उपलः 1 a crystal. -2 chalk. -उपला candied sugar. -कण्ठः a water-crow, gallinule. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -छत्रम् 1 a royal umbrella. -2 a cobweb; मर्कटकीटकृत्रिमसितछत्रीभवत् N.12.37. -छदः, -पक्षः a swan, goose. -तुरगः N. of Arjuna; सिततुरगे विजयं न पुष्पमासः Ki.1.35. -धातुः a white mineral, chalk. -पक्षः the light half of a month. -प्रभम् silver. -यामिनी moon light. -रञ्जनम् the yellow colour. -रश्मिः the moon; शैलरुद्धवपुषः सितरश्मेः (खे रराज निपतत्कर- जालम्) Ki.9.19. -वाजिन् m. N. of Arjuna. -वारणः the white elephant ऐरावत; Bhāg 8.4.23. -शर्करा candied sugar. -शिम्बिकः wheat. -शिवम् rocksalt. -शूकः barley. -सिन्धुः f. the river Gaṅgā; L. D. B. -सौम्यौ (dual) the planets Venus and Mercury; अथ गाधिनमन्वितौ कुमारौ सितसौम्याविव सूर्यमुज्ज्वलन्तम् Rām. ch.2.31.

su	सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con

sudhā	सुधा [सुष्ठु धीयते, पीयते धे-धा वा क Tv.] 1 The beverage of the gods, nectar, ambrosia; निपीय यस्य क्षितिरक्षणः कथां तथाद्रियन्ते न बुधाः सुधामपि N.1.1. -2 The nectar or honey of flowers. -3 Juice. -4 Water. -5 N. of the Ganges. -6 White-wash, plaster, mortar; कैलासगिरिणेव सुधासितेन प्राकारेण परिगता K.; कालान्तरश्यामसुधेषु नक्तम् R.16. 18. -7 A brick. -8 Lightning. -9 The milk-hedge plant. -1 Emblic myrobalan. -11 Yellow myrobalan. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. ˚रत्नम् a pearl. -अङ्गः, -आकारः, -आधारः, -आवासः the moon. -उद्भवः N. of Dhanvantari. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -कारः the plasterer, white-washer; सूपकाराः सुधाकारा वंशचर्मकृतस्तथा (प्रतस्थिरे) Rām.2.8.3. -क्षालित a. white-washed. -जीविन् m. a plasterer, bricklayer. -द्रवः 1 a nectarlike fluid. -2 white-wash, plaster. -धवलित a. plastered, white-washed. -निधिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -पाणिः an epithet of Dhanvantari, the physician of the gods. -भवनम् a stuccoed house. -भित्तिः f. 1 a plastered wall. -2 a brick-wall. -3 the fifth Muhūrta or hour afternoon. -भुज् m. a god, deity. -भूबिम्बम् the lunar orb; अस्या मुखेन्दावधरः सुधाभूबिम्बस्य युक्तः प्रतिबिम्ब एषः N.7.38. -भृतिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 a sacrifice, an oblation. -मयम् 1 a brick or stone building. -2 a royal palace. -मोदकः 1 camphor. -2 a kind of sugar; L. D. B. -3 bamboo manna. ˚जः a kind of sugar prepared from it. -योनिः the moon. -वर्षः a shower of nectar. -वर्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 the moon. -3 camphor. -वासः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -वासा a kind of cucumber. -शर्करः a lime-stone. -सित a. 1 white as mortar. -2 bright as nectar. -3 bound by nectar; जगतीशरणे युक्तो हरिकान्तः सुधासितः Ki.15.45 (where it has senses 1 and 2 also). -सूतिः 1 the moon. -2 a sacrifice. -3 a lotus. -स्यन्दिन् a. ambrosial, flowing with nectar; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधास्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6. -स्रवा uvula or soft palate. -हरः, -हृत् an epithet of Garuḍa; see गरुड.

skandhaḥ	स्कन्धः [स्कन्द्यते आरुह्यते$सौ सुखेन शाखया वा कर्मणि घञ् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.4.26] 1 The shoulder; महर्षभस्कन्ध- मनूनकन्धरम् Ki.14.4. -2 The body; सूक्ष्मयोनीनि भूतानि तर्कगम्यानि कानिचित् । पक्ष्मणो$पि निपातेन येषां स्यात् स्कन्धपर्ययः ॥ Mb.12.15.26. -3 The trunk or stem of a tree; तीव्राघातप्रतिहततरुस्कन्धलग्नैकदन्तः Ś.1.32; R.4.57; Me.55. -4 A branch or large bough; स्कन्धाधिरूढोज्ज्वलनीलकण्ठान् Śi.4.7. -5 A department or branch of human knowledge; Śi.2.28. -6 A chapter, section, division (of a book). -7 A division or detachment of an army; द्वितीयं प्रेषयामास बलस्कन्धं युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.196. 9; R.4.3. -8 A troop, multitude, group; 'स्कन्धः स्यान्नृपतौ वंशे साम्परायसमूहयोः' इति मेदिनी; Mb.14.45.1. -9 The five objects of sense. -1 The five forms of mundane consciousness (in Buddhistic phil.); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वाङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् Śi.2.28. -11 War, battle. -12 A king. -13 An agreement. -14 A road, way; Mb.3. -15 A wise or learned man. -16 A heron. -17 Articles used at the coronation of a king. -18 A part (अंश); तदवध्यानविस्रस्तपुण्यस्कन्धस्य भूरिदः Bhāg.11.23.1. -न्धा 1 A branch. -2 A creeper. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः the trunk of a tree set on fire, fire made with thick logs. -आवारः 1 an army or a division of it; स्कन्धावारमसौ निवेश्य विषमे सौवेलमूर्ध्नि स्वयम् Mv.6.17; Dūtavākyam 1. -2 a royal capital or residence; तत्तु दृष्ट्वा पुरं तच्च स्कन्धावारं च पाण्डवाः Mb.1.185. 6. -3 a camp; स्कन्धावारनिवेशः Kau. A.1; उपप्लव्यं स गत्वा तु स्कन्धावारं प्रविश्य च Mb.5.8.25. -उपानेय a. to be carried on the shoulders. (-यः) a form of peaceoffering in which fruit or grain is presented, as a mark of submission. -घनः cognition; अन्यस्मिन् स्कन्धघने- $न्येन स्कन्धघनेन यज्ज्ञानं तत् तत्संततिजेनान्येनोपलभ्यते नातत्सं- ततिजेनान्येन । तस्मात् शून्याः स्कन्धघना इति ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. -चापः a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens; cf. शिक्य (Mar. काव़ड). -जः a tree growing from a principal stem. -तरुः the cocoa-nut-tree. -देशः 1 the shoulder; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19. -2 that part of the elephant's body, where the driver sits. -3 the stem of a tree. -परिनिर्वाणम् the annihilation of the elements of being (with Buddhists). -पीठम् the shoulder-blade. -फलः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Bilva tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -बन्धना a sort of fennel. -मल्लकः a heron. -रुहः the (Indian) fig-tree. -वाहः, -वाहकः an ox trained to carry burdens, pack-bullock. -शाखा a principal branch, the forked branch issuing from the upper stem of a tree. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -स्कन्धः every shoulder.

snehaḥ	स्नेहः [स्निह्-घञ्] 1 Affection, love, kindness, tender ness; स्नेहदाक्षिण्ययोर्योगात् कमीव प्रतिभाति मे V.2.4 (where it has sense 6 also); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु Ś.1. -2 Oiliness, viscidity, unctuousness, lubricity (one of the 24 Guṇas according to the Vaiśeṣikas) -3 Moisture; तृष्णासंजननं स्नेह एष तेषां पुनर्भवः Mb.12.218.33. -4 Grease, fat, any unctuous substance. -5 Oil; निर्विष्टविषयस्नेहः स दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1; Pt.1.82 (where the word has sense 1 also), 221; R.4.75. -6 Any fluid of the body, such as semen. -Comp. -अक्त a. oiled, lubricated, greased. -अङ्कनम् a mark of affection. -अनुवृत्तिः f. affectionate or friendly intercourse. -आशः a lamp. -कुम्भः an oil-vessel. -केसरिन् castor-oil. -छेदः, -भङ्गः breach or loss of friendship. -पक्व a. dressed with oil. -पानम् drinking oil (as a medicine). -पूर्वम् ind. affectionately. -प्रवृत्तिः f. flow or course of love; त्वप्यस्याः कथमप्यबान्धवकृतां स्नेहप्रवृत्तिं च ताम् Ś. 4.17. -प्रसरः, -प्रस्रवः effusion of love. -प्रिय a. fond of oil. (-यः) a lamp. -बीजः the Piyāla tree. -भाण्डम् an oil-vessel. ˚जीविन् an oilman. -भूः phlegm. -भूमिः f. 1 anything yielding oil. -2 an object of love or affection, beloved person. -रङ्गः sesamum. -रसनम् the mouth. -रेकभू m. the moon. -वरम् fat. -वस्तिः f. injection of oil, an oily enema. -विद्धः the Devadāra tree. -विमर्दित a. anointed with oil. -व्यक्तिः f. manifestation of love, display of freindship; (भवति) स्नेहव्यक्तिश्चिरविरहजं मुञ्चतो बाष्पमुष्णम् Me.12. -संभाषः kind conversation, friendly talk, chat. -सार a. having oil for its chief ingredient.

spṛhaṇīya	स्पृहणीय a. [स्पृह्-अनीयर्] To be desired or longed for, enviable, desirable; अहो बतासि स्पृहणीयवीर्यः Ku.3.2; वन्द्या त्वमेव जगतः स्पृहणीयसिद्धिः Māl.1.21; परस्परेण स्पृहणीय- शोभं न चेदिदं द्वन्द्वमयोजयिष्यत् R.7.14; Ku.7.66; U.6.4. स्पृहयाय्य spṛhayāyya स्पृहयालु spṛhayālu स्पृहयाय्य स्पृहयालु a. [स्पृह्-आलुच्] Disposed to be desirous or envious of, longing or eager for, covetous (with dat. or loc.); भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयम् Bh.3.64; तपोवनेषु स्पृहयालुरेव R.14.45.

hṛdayaṃgama	हृदयंगम a. 1 Heart-stirring, touching, thrilling. -2 Lovely, handsome; Māl.1. -3 Sweet, attractive, pleasant, agreeable; अहो हृदयंगमः परिहासः Māl.3; वल्लकी च हृदयंगमस्वना R.19.13; Ku.2.16. -4 Fit, appropriate. -5 Dear, beloved, cherished; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा Ku. 4.24. -मम् An appropriate speech. हृदयालु hṛdayālu हृदयिक hṛdayika हृदयिन् hṛdayin हृदयालु हृदयिक हृदयिन् a. Tender-hearted, goodhearted, affectionate.

Macdonell Vedic Search

1 result


rājanya	rājan-yà, a. royal; m. warrior (earliest name of the second caste), x. 90, 12.

Macdonell Search

77 results


aṅgabandhana	n. catching, snaring; -bha&ndot;ga, m. collapse of the body; -bhû, m. son; -bheda, m. self-betrayal; self deception; -mudrâ, f. a position of the fingers.

anirbheda	m. non-betrayal.

antaḥkaraṇa	n. the internal organ (ph.); heart; -kopa, m. internal anger; -pura, n. (inner city), royal citadel; harem, women's apartments; sg. & pl. wives of a king: -kara, m. harem-attendant,-gana, m. women of the harem, -vriddhâ, f. old female attendant of the harem; -purikâ, f. woman of the harem; -prakriti, f. pl. constituent elements of the state except the prince.

aprakāśa	a. not light, dark; hid den, secret: -m, ad. secretly; m. darkness; -na, n. non-betrayal.

apratibaddha	pp. not kept at a distance, belonging to the retinue; -bandha, m. no hindrance; a. unhindered; -buddha, pp. unawakened; unenlightened, stupid; -bodha, ad. without awakening (°ree;--); -bhata, a. irre sistible; -bhâ, f. non-appearance, non-arrival; -bheda, m. non-betrayal.

arājaka	a. kingless; n. anarchy; -tâ, f. kinglessness; -daivika, a. not caused by the king or by fate; -lakshman, a. lack ing royal insignia; -½anvayin, a. belonging to no royal race.

upakāra	m. friendly service, kind ness; benefit; favour; -aka, a. (ikâ) doing friendly service; helpful, useful; conducive; auxiliary; -in, a. id.; -i-tva, n. abst. n.; -a½apa kâra, m. du. benefit and injury; -ya, fp. who is benefited: -yâ, f. royal tent.

ekacakra	a. one-wheeled: -vart-in, a. moving on one wheel; m. sole monarch: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -kakshus, a. one-eyed (also of a needle); -kará, a. living alone; solitary; m. N. of Siva; -kârinî, f.faithful wife or mistress (devoted to a single man); -kitta, n. one and the same thought, unanimity; thought directed to one and the same object; a. of one mind; thinking of one object only, absorbed; thinking only of (--°ree;): -tâ, f. unanimity; intentness on one object only, -î-bhû, become unanimous; -kkhattra, a. having only one royal umbrella, ruled by a single king; -gâta, pp. begotten by the same father or parents; of equal birth;-gâti, a. having but one birth; m. Sûdra.

kakud	f. summit, peak; tip; hump; ensign of royalty; chief of (g.).

kaṭa	m. mat; elephant's temple; a certain throw in a game of dice; corpse; -ka, m. mat; m. n. rope; bracelet; valley; royal camp; caravan; collection; -karana, n., -kriyâ, f. platting of mats.

kanaka	n. gold; m. thorn apple; N.; -kadalî, f. species of plantain; -danda, m. royal umbrella; -pura, n., î, f. N. of a city; -prabhâ, f. N. of a princess; -mañgarî, f. N.; -maya, a. (î) golden; -rasa, m.fluid gold; -rekhâ, f. N.; -latâ, f. golden creeper; -lekhâ, f. N. of a princess; -valaya, m. n. golden bracelet; -vâhinî, f. N. of a river; -sikhar in, m. golden peaked, ep. of Meru; -sûtra, n. golden chain; -½adri, m. ep. ofMeru.

kulayoṣit	f. virtuous woman; -râgadhânî, f. royal capital; -vat, a. of noble race; -vardhana, m. support of a family; -vidyâ, f. knowledge hereditary in the family; -vrata, n. family practice (religious or moral): -dhara, a. maintaining the family virtue; -sî la-vayo-vritta-vitta-vat, a. of good family, character, age, conduct, and means; -sikharin, m., -saila, m.=kula-parvata; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. be ing accounted of good family; -samgata, m. ac quaintance of the family; -samtati, f. progeny; -samnidhi, m. presence of many persons: lc. in the presence of witnesses; -samudbhava, a. sprung of a noble house; -sevaka, m.excel lent servant; -stamba, m. family like a bunch of grass; -strî, f. virtuous woman; -sthiti, f. family usage; -hîna, pp. of ignoble race.

kṣātra	a. (î) peculiar to the military caste; n. royal dignity.

candrarāja	m. N.; -rekhâ, f. crescent; -lalâta, a. having a moon on the forehead, ep. of Siva; -lâ, f. N.; -lekhâ, f. crescent; N.; -vamsa, m. the (royal) lunar race; -vat, a. moonlit: -î, f. N.; -vapus,a. lovely as the moon; (á)-varna, a. bright hued; -sâlâ, f. room on the roof; -subhra, a. moonlit; -sekhara, m. (moon-crested), ep. of Siva; N.; -srî, f. N.; -samgña, m. camphor; -saras, n. N. of a fabulous lake; -sâra, m. N.; -simha, m. N. of a prince; -svâmin, m. N.; -hâsa, m. (moon laugh=gleam), sword; Râvana's sword.

camara	m. (î, f.) yak (bos grunniens); m. n. yak's tail, used as a fly whisk, one of the insignia of royalty: -vâla, m. N. of a prince.

cāmara	a. relating to the yak (bos grunniens); n. tail of the yak, used as a fly-whisk, also as an ornament on the heads of horses and elephants; one of the insignia of royalty: -grâhinî, f. female whisk-bearer.

chattra	n. [shader], umbrella (one of the insignia of royalty): -grâhinî, f. female umbrella-bearer; -dhâra, m. umbrella-bearer: -tva, n. office of --; -dhârana, n. use of an umbrella; -dhârin, m.umbrella-bearer; -vat, a. having an umbrella; -vriksha, m. N. of a tree.

turaga	m. horse: î, f. mare; -pari- kâraka, m. groom; -mukha, m. (having a horse's face), a Kimnara; -vâhyâlî, f. course for horses.

devakula	n. temple; (á)-krita, pp. made by the gods; -kritya, n.=deva-kârya; -kshetra, n. divine territory; -khâta, pp. dug by the gods=hollowed out by nature; -ganá, m. host of gods; -ganikâ, f.courtesan of the gods, Apsaras; -giri, m. mountain of the gods, N. of a mountain-range; -gupta, pp. protected by the gods; m. N.; -gurn, m. preceptor of the gods; ep. of Kasyapa and of Brihaspati; -grihá, m. n. house of the gods, temple; royal palace.

daiva	a. (î) peculiar to, coming from, or having to do with the gods, divine; royal; connected with or produced by fate; ± vivâ ha, m. or dharma, m. marriage rite of the gods (in which a daughter is given to the officiating priest); with tîrtha, n. part of the hand sacred to the gods (the finger-tips); n. deity; rite in honour of the gods; divine dispensation, fate, destiny; good luck: yukte daive, when fate is auspicious; daivam sikshayati, necessity teaches.

narapa	m. prince, king; -pati, m. id.: -patha, m. king's high-way, royal high-road; -pâla, m. prince, king; -medha, m. human sacrifice.

narakāka	m. crow of a man; -gâ&ndot;gala, n. human flesh; -danta, m. human tooth; -deva, m. god among men, king; -nâtha, m. prince, king: -mârga, m. high road, -½âsana, n. royal throne, royalty.

nirbhaya	a. fearless; not afraid of (--°ree;); secure: -m, ad. fearlessly; m. N. of a warrior; n. security; -bhara, a. vehement, ardent; excessive; deep (sleep); full of (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ardently, excessively, soundly, fast; -bhartsana, n. menace, reproach; -bhas mita, pp. burned to ashes, annihilated; -bhâgya, pp. to be excluded from his share (ab.); -bhî-ka, a. fearless, not afraid of (ab.); -bhîta, pp. id.; -bheda,m. cracking, burst ing; splitting; blurting out, betrayal; -bhed in, a. cleaving, shattering; -bhedya, fp. free from chinks; missing its mark.

nirvyañjaka	a. testifying; -vyañg ana, a. spiceless: lc. without more ado, straight out; -vyatha, a. free from pain, well; -vyapeksha, a. unconcerned about, indif ferent as to (lc. or --°ree;); -vyalîka, a. not hurting; heartfelt, ungrudging (gift); glad, willing; not false; -vyavadhâna, uncovered, bare (ground); -vyavastha, a. not remain ing in its place, moving about; -vyasana, a. free from vice.

nīrava	a. noiseless, mute; -rasa, a. sapless, withered, dry; tasteless, insipid; devoid of charm, tedious; having no taste for or sense of; feelingless; -râga, a. colour less; devoid of passions; -râgana, n.,â, f. royal lustration of an army (including do mestic priest, retainers, horses, elephants, etc.: a military and religious ceremony); -ruk, a. lustreless; bereft of beauty; -rug, a. pain less; healthy, well; -ruga, a. id.; -rûpa, a.formless; -renu-ka, a. dustless; -roga, a. healthy, well: -tâ, f. health, -durbhiksha, a. not afflicted with disease or famine.

nīpa	a. [ni½ap-a, having water flowing down, damp], low-lying; m. a tree (Nauclea Cadamba); n. its flowers or fruit; m. pl. N. of a royal race.

nṛpālaya	m. palace; -½âsana, n. throne; -½âspada, n. palace; -½ikkhâ, f. royal pleasure.

nṛpāṅgaṇa	n. royal court; -½a&ndot; gana, n. id.: â, f. princess, queen; -½âtmaga, m. prince: â, f. princess; -½aryaman, m. sun among princes.

nṛpavallabha	m. royal favourite; -sreshtha, spv. best of kings; -suta, m. prince: â, f. princess; -snushâ, f. king's daughter-in-law.

nṛpatva	n. sovereignty; -dîpa, m. prince like a lamp; -nîti, f. kingcraft; -mandira, n. palace; -li&ndot;ga, n. royal emblem.

pāradhvaja	m. pl. standards from over the sea (i. e. from Ceylon) borne in royal processions.

pārthiva	a. (î) terrestrial, earthly: with vrata, n. manner of the earth; m. in habitant or son of earth; prince, king, war rior; a. royal: î, f. daughter of earth, Sîtâ; -tâ, f., -tva, n. royal dignity, kingship;-nandinî, f. king's daughter, princess; -½ri shabha, m. illustrious king; -sreshtha, spv. best of kings; -sutâ, f. king's daughter; -½ât magâ, f. king's daughter; -½indra, m. most excellent of kings.

piyāla	m. [for priyâla], a tree (Buchanania latifolia); n. its fruit.

pratibheda	m. severance; be trayal, discovery; -bhedana, n. splitting, bursting, dashing to pieces; -bhairava, a. terrible; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; (medically) prescribed diet.

priyāla	m. a tree (Buchanania lati- folia), commonly called Piyal.

bahuvaktavya	fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class.

bhakti	f. partition, distribution (V.); the being a part of or belonging to anything; appurtenance; portion, part; division, streak, line; order, succession; attachment, devotion, homage, honour, respect, worship, faith (in, etc., g., lc., or --°ree;; ordinary mg.); --°ree;, assumption of the form of (e.g. steps): in. figuratively; in succession (also -tas): -kkheda, m. pl. broken lines or streaks; -gña, a. knowing devotion, faithfully attached: -tva, n. faithfulness, loyalty; -pûrva-kam, -pûrvam, ad. devoutly, reverentially; -bhâg, a. possessed of faithful attachment or devotion; greatly devoted to a thing (lc.); -mat, a. attached, loyal, faithful, devoted, having pious faith (in, etc., lc. or --°ree;); -yoga, m. pious faith, devotion; -rasa, m. feelings of devotion; -râga, m. predilection for (lc.); -vâda, m. assurance of devotion; -hîna, pp. destitute of devotion.

bhūdhra	m. [=-dhara] mountain; -nandana, m. N. of a prince; -nâyaka, m. leader of the earth, king; -pa, m. protector of the earth or of the land, prince, king: -tâ, f. royal dignity; (bh&usharp;)-pati,m. lord of beings, ep. of Rudra; lord of earth, prince, king; -patita, pp. fallen on the earth; -pa putra, m. king's son, prince; -paridhi, m. circumference of the earth; -pa-suta, m. king's son, prince; -pâta, m. falling on the ground; -pâla, m. protector of the earth, prince, king; N. of a son of Somapâla: -loka, m. crowd of princes, -vallabha, m. favourite of kings (horse); N.; -putra, m. son of earth, planet Mars: î, f. daughter of earth, Sîtâ; -prakampa, m. earthquake; -pradâna, n. gift of land; -bimba, m. n. ter restrial globe; -bhata, m. N.; -bhartri, m. lord of earth, prince, king; -bhâga, m. part of earth, place, spot: krosamâtrah --, distance of not more than a Krosa; -bhug, m. enjoyer of earth, prince, king; -bhrit, m. supporter of earth, mountain; ep. of Vishnu; prince, king.

bheda	m. 1. act. vbl. n. breaking, splitting, cleaving, bursting, piercing, per forating, rending; division, separation; be trayal (of a secret); disturbance, interruption, infringement; sowing dissension, winning over an ally (one of the four Upâyas); lead ing astray, seduction; 2. ps. vbl. n. (being broken etc.), bursting, rupture, breach; in jury, hurt; bursting open, blossoming; sprout ing (of the beard); contraction (of the brows); disunion, dissension, between (in.), in (--°ree;); change, alteration, modification; distinction, difference; 3. concrete: division, part; cleft, fissure, chasm; variety, species, kind.

bhedana	a. cleaving, splitting, rend ing, breaking, piercing; n. 1. act. vbl. n. splitting, slitting, rending, piercing; betrayal (of a secret); sowing of dissensions, creation of discord; 2. ps. vbl. n. breaking, bursting, breach; dissension, discord; -anîya, fp. to be split or cleft.

mantratattvavid	a. know ing the essence of counsel, very experienced in counsel; -tas, ad. with regard to (the knowledge of) Vedic texts; -toya, n. water sanctified with incantations; -da, a.impart ing or teaching the Veda; giving advice; -darsin, a. knowing the sacred texts; -dâtri, m. teacher of the Veda; -dris, a. (seeing=) composing hymns; knowing the sacred texts; experienced in counsel; m. composer of hymns; counsellor; -devatâ, f. deity invoked in a sacred text; -drashtri, m. (seer=) composer of sacred texts; -dhara, -dhârin, m. coun sellor, adviser; -pattra, n. leaf inscribed with a sacred text; -pada, n. magic word;-pâtha, m. recitation of a sacred text; -pust ikâ, f. book of spells; -pûta, pp. purified by a sacred text; -prabhâva, m. power of a spell (Pr.); -prayoga, m. employment of a sacred text; magical agency, charm; -pha la, n.fruit or consequence of counsel; -bala, n. magical power; -bîga, n. (seed=) first syl lable of a spell; germ of counsel; -brâhma- na, n. du. the sacred hymns and the Brâh manas: -vid, a. knowing the sacred hymns and the Brâhmanas; -bheda, m. a particular spell: pl. various kinds of spells; breach of counsel, betrayal of a design; -maya, a. con sisting of spells; -mûrti, a. having a body consisting of spells (Siva); -mûla, a. rooted in counsel.

mṛgavyādha	m. slayer of beasts, hunter; Sirius, dog-star; -vyâla-nishevita, pp. infested by wild beasts and serpents; -sâyikâ, f. reclining posture of deer: -m sî, lie still like an antelope; -sâva, m.young of deer, fawn: -½akshî, f. fawn-eyed woman; (á)-siras, n. (deer-head), third (later fifth) lunar mansion; -sîrshá, n. id.; -sreshtha, m. best of beasts, tiger; -sûkara, m. du. deer and boar; -han, m. slayer of beasts, hunter.

rakta	pp. (√ rañg) coloured; red; nasalized (gr.); charming, lovely, sweet (voice); enraged; impassioned; passionately devoted to (anything, lc., --°ree;; any one, g., --°ree;); attached, fond; enamoured; charmed with (in.); n. blood: -ka, a. red; -kantha, a. sweet-voiced; m. cuckoo; N. of a fairy; -kadamba, m. red Kadamba tree; -kamal inî, f. group of red lotuses; -krishna, a. dark red; -kandana, n. red sandal; -kkha da, a. red-leaved; -kkhardi, f. vomiting blood; -ga, a. derived from the blood; -tara, cpv. greatly attached; -tâ, f. redness; nature of blood; -tva, n. redness; -dant, a. having red (=dirty) teeth; -nayana, a.red-eyed; -netra, a. id.; -pata, m. (wearing red rags), Buddhist monk: -vrata-vâhinî, f. Buddhist nun; -patî-kri, dress in red rags, turn into a Buddhist monk; -patta-maya, a. made of red cloth; -padma, n. red lotus; -pâda,m. red-footed bird; -pushpa, n. red flower; a. having red flowers; -phala, a. bearing red fruit; -bindu, m. drop of blood; -bhâva, a. enamoured; -mandala, a. having a red disc (moon); having loyal subjects: -tâ, f. abst.n.; -mukha, a. red-faced; m. N. of a monkey; -varna, m. red colour; colour of blood; a. red-coloured; -vâsas, a. wearing a red garment; -vâsin, a. id.; -syâma, a. dark red; -sâra, a. in whom blood predominates, of sanguine temperament.

rājakumāra	m. prince: i-kâ, f. princess; -kula, n. royal family (pl. kings); royal palace (serving also as a court of jus tice); high road: -bhatta, m. N. of a poet; -krít, m. king-maker; -kritya, n.duties of a king, state affairs; -kriyâ, f. business of a king; -gâmin, a. brought before the king (slander); -giri, m. N. of a locality; -guru, m. king's counsellor or minister; -griha, n. royal dwelling, palace; N. of the capital of Magadha (also î, f.); -ghâtaka, m. regi cide; -kihna, n. pl. royal insignia; -gambû, f. a tree.

rājakīya	a. royal; m. servant of a king.

rājaka	m. petty king; metr. & --°ree; =râgan, king; N.; n. assemblage of kings; -kathâ, f. history of kings; -kanyakâ, f. king's daughter, princess; -kanyâ, f. id.; -kara, m. tribute due to a king; -karana, n. law-court; -karna, m. tusk of an elephant; -kartri, m. king-maker: pl. enthroners of a king; -karman, n. duties of a king; royal service; Soma-rite; -kalasa, m. N.; -kalâ, f. sixteenth part of the moon's disc, crescent; -kârya, n. business of a king, state affairs; royal command; -kilbishin, a. transgressing as a king.

rājapaṭṭa	m. kind of gem, dia mond of inferior quality; -patnî, f. consort of a king; -patha, m. royal road, highway; -paddhati, f. id.; -pitri, m. royal father; -putrá, 1. m. king's son, prince; Râjput (a mixed caste, offspring of Vaisya and Am bashthâ or Kshatriya and Karanî); son of the moon, planet Mercury: î, f. king's daugh ter, female Râjput; (r&asharp;ga)-putra, 2. a. hav ing kings as sons (RV.1); -putraka, m. king's son, prince: ikâ, f. princess; -putra-loka, m. assemblage of princes; -pums, m. royal servant or official; -pura, n. Kingstown, N. of a town; -purî, f. N. of a town; -pu rusha, m. king's man, royal servant or offi cial; -pûrusha, m. metr.=-purusha; -pau rushika, a. being in the service of a king; -prakriti, f. king's minister; -priyâ, f. mis tress of a king; mistress of the moon; -presh ya, m. king's servant; n. royal service; -bandin, m. N.; -bândhava, m. relation of a king: î, f. female relation of a king; -bîg in, a. of royal descent; -bhakti-puras krita, pp. distinguished by devotion to their king; -bhata, m. royal mercenary, soldier; -bhaya, n. fear of a king; danger from a king; -bhavana, n. royal palace; -bhâryâ, f. king's spouse; -bhrita, m. soldier; -bhri tya, m. king's servant; -bhauta, m. fool of a king; -bhratrí, m. king's brother; -mani, m. kind ofjewel; -mandira, n. royal palace; -mahishî, f. chief consort of a king; king's wife; -mâtri, f. king's mother, queen mother.

rājanya	a. royal; m. royal person age, noble; man of the warrior caste (of which this is the oldest designation): -ka, n. assemblage of warriors; -kumâra, m. prince; -tva, n. condition of belonging to the warrior caste; (á)-bandhu, m. companion of kings (gnly. used contemptuously: Br.); man of the military caste, Kshatriya.

rājanaya	m. royal policy, states manship; -nirdhûta-danda, a. having the staff wielded over him by the king, punished by the king; -nivesana, n. royal palace; -nîti, f. royal policy, statesmanship.

rājatālī	f. betel-nut tree; -tu&ndot;ga, m. N.; -tva, n. kingship, royalty; -danda, m. royal authority; punishment in flicted by a king; -dattâ, f. N.; -danta, m. (chief=) front tooth; -darsana, n. sight of the king, royal audience: -m kâraya, con duct any one (ac.) before the king; -dâra, m. pl. wife or wives of a king; -duhitri, f. king's daughter, princess; musk-rat: -maya, a. (î) consisting of princesses; -dûrvâ, f. kind oftall Dûrvâ grass; -daivika, a. pro ceeding from the king or fate (misfortune); -dvâr, f., -dvâra, n. king's gateway, palace gate; -dvârika, m. royal janitor; -dharma, m. duties of a prince: pl. rules relating to kings: -bhrit,a. maintaining or fulfilling the duties of a king; -dhânî, f. royal city, capital: -tas, ad. from the capital; -dhân ya, n. kind of grain; -dhâman, n. royal palace or residence.

rājatanaya	m. king's son, prince: â, f. princess; -taramginî, f. Stream (= continuous history) of Kings, T. of various chronicles of Cashmere; N.; -tâ, f. kingship, royalty.

rājānujīvin	m. servant of a king; -½anna, n. food given by a king or Kshatriya; -½anya-tva, n. change of sove reign; -½apasada, m. fallen king; -½abhisheka, m. royal inauguration.

rājādana	m. [food of kings], a tree; -½âdesa, m. king's command; -½adhi kârin, m. judge; -½adhikrita, m. id.; -½adhi râga, m. paramount sovereign; -½adhishthâ na, n. royal residence, capital; -½adhîna, m. servant of a king; -½adhvan, m. king's road, highway.

rājasaṃśraya	a. dependent on or protected by kings; -samsad, f. judicial sitting held by a king; -sattra, n. royal sacri fice; -sadman, n. royal palace; -sabhâ, f. royal court; judicial sitting held by a king; -samiti, f. assembly of kings; -sarshapa, m. black mustard; black mustard seed (as a weight)=three likshâs; -sâkshika, a. wit nessed by a king (document); -simha, m. (lion of a king=) illustrious king; -sukha, n.hap piness of a king; -suta, m. king's son, prince; -sûnu, m. id.; -sûya, m. n. royal inaugural sacrifice: i-ka, a. (î) relating to or treating of the Râgasûya sacrifice; -sena, m. N.; -sevaka, m. servant of a king; Râjput; -sevâ, f. royal service: -½upagîvin, m. ser vant of a king; -sevin, m. id.; -saudha, royal palace; -strî, f. wife of a king; -sthâ na½adhikâra, m. vice-regency; -sthânîya, m. viceroy, governor; -sva, n. property of a king; -svâmin, m. lord of kings, ep. of Vishnu; -hamsa, m. (î, f.) kind of goose or swan, flamingo; N.; -harmya, n. royal palace; -½a&ndot;gana, n. courtyard of a royal palace.

rājayakṣma	m. kind of dangerous disease; later: pulmonary consumption; -yakshman, m. id.; -yakshm-in, a. consumptive; -yagña, m. royal sacrifice; -yâna, n. royal vehicle, palanquin; -ratha,m. royal carriage; -rambhâ, f. kind of plantain; -râkshasa, m. demon of a king; -râg, m. king of kings, emperor; moon; -râga, m. king of kings; ep. of Kubera: -giri, m. ep. of the Himavat; -tâ, f., -tva, n. dignity of a sovereign lord; -râgya, n. sovereignty over all kings; -½rishi, m. royal sage; -lakshana, n. mark indicative of (future) royalty; -lakshman, n. royal emblem; -lakshmî, f. regal glory or majesty; N. of a princess; -loka, m.assemblage of kings; -vamsa, m. royal race, dynasty; -vamsya, a. of royal descent; m. Kshatriya; -vat, 1. ad. like a king (nm. or ac.); as in the case of a king; 2. a. having a king; abounding in kings: lc. =in the presence of a king; m. N.: -î, f. N.; -vadana, m. N.; -vandin, m. N. (=-bandin); -varkasin, a. being in royal service; -valla bha, m. royal favourite: -turamgama, m. favourite steed of a prince; -vasati, f. life at the court of a king; -vahana, a. bearing or ridden by kings; -vâhana, m. N. of a king; -vidyâ, f. kingcraft, statesmanship; -vihâra, m. royal pleasure-seat; royal mon astery; -vîthî, f. royal road, highway; -vri ksha, m. kind of tree; -vritta, n.procedure or vocation of a king; -vesman, n. royal palace; -vesha, m. royal costume; -sârdûla, m. (tiger-like=) illustrious king; -sâsana, n. royal command; -srî, f. glory or majesty of a king.

rājamānuṣa	m. king's man, royal official; -mârga, m. royal road, high way; procedure of kings, war; -mukhá, n. king's countenance; -muni, m. royal sage.

rājya	a. royal; n. (r&asharp;gya or râgyã) dominion, sovereignty (over, lc.; of, --°ree;); king dom, realm: -m upa½âs, kri, kâraya, or vi-dhâ, rule, govern.

rājendra	m. chief of kings, illus trious king, paramount sovereign; -½îsvara, m. N.; -½upakarana, n. pl. royal insignia; -½upakâra, m. attention paid to a king; -½upasevâ, f. royal service; -½upasevin, m. royal service.

rājārha	a. worthy of or due to a king; -½âvarta, m. n. lapis lazuli; -½âval&ibrevcirc;, f. Line of Kings, T. of royal chronicles: î-patâ kâ, f. T. of a royal chronicle; -½âsana, n. royal seat, throne.

rājyāṅga	n. member of a king dom; -½adhikâra, m. government of a king dom; -½adhidevatâ, f. tutelary deity of roy alty; -½abhishikta, pp. inaugurated in sove reignty; -½abhisheka,m. royal inauguration; -½âsrama-muni, m. sage in the hermitage of royalty, pious king; -½upakarana, n. pl. insignia of royalty.

rāṣṭri	f. female ruler; -ika, m. in habitant of the kingdom, subject; ruler of a country; -iya, m. brother of a king (in the atrical language): -syâla, m. id.

lakṣmī	f. (nm. -s) mark, token (RV.); ± pâpî, bad sign, misfortune (AV.); good sign (in V. gnly. w. púnyâ), (approach ing) good fortune; good genius of a king, royal dignity, glory; wealth; beauty, splendour: personified as goddess of prosperity and beauty (produced at the churning of the ocean, wife of Vishnu): -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -kânta, m. ep. of Vishnu; -tva, n. identity with Laksh mî (of Sîtâ); -dhara, m. N.; -nâtha, m. ep. of Vishnu; -pati, m. king; ep. of Vishnu Krishna; -ramana, m. ep. of Vishnu; -vat, a. possessed of good fortune, lucky; hand some, beautiful; -vasati, f. dwelling of Lakshmî = flower of the red lotus (Nelumbium speciosum); -sakha, m. friend or favourite of fortune; -sena, m. N.

vikārita	cs. pp. √ kri; -kâri-tva, n. alteration, change; -kârin, a. liable to change, changeable; changing into (--°ree;); susceptible of emotion or love; becoming disloyal, rebellious; producing a change in, corrupting (the mind); -kârya, fp. liable to change; -kâla, m. evening; -kâsa, m. 1. brightness; 2. inaccurate spelling for -kâsa; -kâsin, a. shining, radiant; --°ree;, illustrating, explaining; -kâsa, m.[√ kas] expanding, blowing (of flowers); opening (of the mouth or eyes); opening of the heart, susceptibility; expansion, development: -ka, a. (--°ree;) expanding the mind=making wise; -kâsana, a. causing to expand; n. developing; -kâsi tâ, f. expansion, development; -kâsin, a. blossoming, blowing; open (eyes); expand ing, developing; extensive, great (fortune); abounding in (--°ree;).

vijaya	m. contest for victory (V.); victory, triumph, conquest (V., C.); prize of victory, booty (V., rare); C.: kind of array of troops; N.; N. of a hare; n. (C.) royal tent; kind of pavilion; N. of a sacred terri tory in Cashmere: -ketu, m. N. of a fairy; -kshetra, n. the Vigaya territory; -datta, m. N.; N. of the hare in the moon; -dun dubhi, m. drum of victory: -tâ, f. function of drums of victory; -nagara, n. N. of a city in Karnâta; -patâkâ, f. flag of victory; -pâla, m. kind of official; N. of various kings; -pura, n. N. of various towns (Beja pur etc.); -malla, m. N.; -mâlin, m. N. of a merchant; -mitra, m. N.; -râga, m. N.; -vat, a. victorious, glorious: -î, f. N. of a daughter of the serpent demon Gandha mâlin; -varman, m. N.; -vega, m. N. of a fairy; -srî, f. goddess of victory; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. N. of a warrior.

śayyā	f. [√ sî: to be lain on] couch. bed (ord. mg.); lying, resting, sleeping: -gri- ha, n. bed-chamber; -pâlaka, m. guardian of a (royal) bed: -tva, n. office of guardian of the bed-chamber; -½âvâsa-vesman, n., -vesman, n. bed-chamber; -½âsana-bhoga, m. pl. lying down, sitting, or eating; -½ut thâyam, ad. on rising from one's couch, early in the morning; -½utsa&ndot;ga, m. surface of a couch.

śāsana	a. (î) chastising; instruct ing; m. chastiser; instructor; n., C.: chas tisement, punishment; government, sway, rule, over (--°ree;); royal decree, edict, charter, grant; instruction, teaching (rare); precept, rule, counsel (rare); doctrine, faith, religion (rare); V., C.: direction, command, order, to any one (--°ree;): -m kri, obey the orders of (g.); e vrit or sthâ, obey any one (g., --°ree;); ab. sâsanât, by command of (g.): -dhara, m. bearer of a message, messenger; -vartin, a. obeying the orders of (g.); -vâhaka, m. mes senger; -silâ, f. edict engraved on stone; -hâraka, -hârin, m. messenger.

śibira	n. royal camp; encampment; tent (in a camp); m. incorr. for divira.

śuddhātman	a. id.; -½anta, m. (pure interior), women's apartments in the interior of a royal palace, seraglio: pl. wives of a king: -kara, -kârin, a. attending on the harem, -rakshî, f. female guardian of the harem; -½âbha, a. perfectly clear; -½âsaya, a. pure-hearted, having a clear conscience.

śrī	f. [√ 3. srî] splendour, beauty; prosperity, fortune, wealth; high position, glory, majesty, royal dignity (sts. personified; C.); royal insignia (C., rare); personified as goddess of beauty and esp. of prosperity (Br., rare; C.) produced at the churning of the ocean, wife of Vishnu; in C. often °ree;-(=the famous or glorious) in Ns. of gods, men, places, Ts. of books, to express distinction or eminence: sts. also --°ree; of names of persons: d. sriyé, sriyaí, beauteously, splendidly, gloriously (V.); sriya âtmagâh, (sons of beauty=) horses.

saparyāṇa	a. saddled; -palâsa, a. covered with leaves (branch; Br., S.); -pâ da, a. together with a quarter: -laksha, m. or n. one hundred and twenty-five thousand; -pâla, a. attended by a herdsman; -pinda, a. sharing the funeral cake, related to any one (g.) as far as the sixth generation: -tâ, f. kinship as far as the sixth generation; -pind î-karana, n. turning into a Sapinda relative, admission to orperformance of the first Srâd dha after a death; -pitrika, a. together with the father or fathers; -pitri-râganya, a. to gether with the royal members among the fathers; -pidhâna, a. provided with a lid; -putra, a. together with one's son or children; -with the calf: -ka, a. (ikâ) together with one's little son, -dâra, a. with son and wife; -pulaka, a. bristling, thrilled: -m, ad.; -pushpa, a. flowering (tree); -pûrva, a. possessed by one's ancestors; together with the preceding letter.

samanuṣya	a. together with men; frequented: -râganya, a. together with those of royal race among men.

sitāṃśu	m. (bright-rayed), moon; -½âtapatra, n. white umbrella (emblem of royalty); -½âtapa-vârana, n. id.; -½abhra, m. white cloud; camphor; -½ambara, a. wearing a white garment; -½asita,a. white and black; -½âhvaya, m. planet Venus.

sūta	m. charioteer (in V. a royal ser vant often mentioned with grâmanî; in E. also a royal herald; in C. a mixed caste, offspring of Kshatriya and Brâhmanî or of Brâhmana and Kshatriyâ).

skandhāvāra	m. (shelter of the trunk=king), royal headquarters in camp; -½upaneya, m. (sc. samdhi) a kind of treaty (reward carried away on the shoulder).

spṛhayāyya	a. desirable (RV.); -ayâlu, a. longing for, delighting in (d., lc.): -tâ, f. desire for (--°ree;).

syāla	m. wife's brother, brother-in law (often spelt syâla): -ka, m. id.

svarabhakti	f. vowel portion, i. e. vocalic sound heard after r or l when im mediately followed by a consonant; -bhûta, pp. become a vowel (i. e. changed from a semi-vowel + vowel to i or u); -bheda, m. indistinctness of voice, hoarseness; simulation of voice; betrayal by one's voice; difference of accent; difference of musical tones: in. in a feigned voice: -bhaya, n. fear of betraying one's voice; -yoga, m.combination of sounds, voice; (svára)-vat, a. (Br.) sounding loud; having a melodious voice; accented (also C.).

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

77 results0 results12 results


ayāṭ	(śś. ayāl) # Aś.5.5.26; śś.7.4.11; Vait.19.13; Mś.2.4.1.30.

ayāḍ	(śś. ayāl) agnir (Mś. ayāṣṭām agnīvaruṇāv) agneḥ priyā dhāmāni # MS.4.13.7: 209.3; KS.18.21; 32.1; śB.1.7.3.10; TB.3.5.7.5; śś.1.9.2; Mś.5.1.3.27. P: ayāḍ agniḥ Aś.1.6.3. Cf. ayāḍ agneḥ.

ayāḍ	(śś. ayāl) agnīt # VS.7.15; śB.4.2.1.33; Aś.5.5.25; śś.7.4.11; Vait.19.13; Kś.9.11.10; Apś.12.24.3; Mś.2.4.1.30.

ālakaṃ	vyālakaṃ vy āvam # AVP.9.10.10a.

uśatīḥ	kanyalā imāḥ # AVś.14.2.52a. P: uśatīḥ Kauś.75.24. See kanyalā.

kanyalā	pitṛbhyaḥ patilokaṃ yatī (ApMB. pitṛbhyo yatī patilokam) # SMB.1.2.5a; ApMB.1.4.4a (ApG.2.5.2); JG.1.21a. Ps: kanyalā pitṛbhyaḥ GG.2.2.8; KhG.1.3.24; kanyalā JG.1.21. See uśatīḥ kanyalā.

takman	vyāla vi gada # AVś.5.22.6a; AVP.12.1.8a.

dhūmrān	vasantāyālabhate # VS.24.11. See next but one.

pākadūrvā	vyalkaśā # RV.10.16.13d; TA.6.4.1d. See śāṇḍadūrvā.

plīhākarṇaḥ	śuṇṭhākarṇo 'ddhyālohakarṇas (MS. 'dhirūḍhākarṇas) te tvāṣṭrāḥ # VS.24.4; MS.3.13.5: 169.9.

bhagas	tatakṣa catvāry uṣyalāni # AVś.14.1.60b.

yā	mā lakṣmīḥ patayālūr ajuṣṭā # AVś.7.115.2a.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"yal" has 6 results

yal	taddhita affix. affix य in the sense of possession found in Vedic Literature added optionally with the affix ख (ईन)to the words वेशोभग and यशोभग; e.g वेशोभग्य; वेशोभगीनः यशोभग्य:, यशोभागिन:; confer, compare P.IV.4.131.

atyalpa	rather too little, an expression used by Patanjali idiometically confer, compare अत्यल्पमिदमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.69 et cetera, and others

atyalpaspṛṣṭa	having a very slight contact (with the organ producing sound),as in the case of the utterance of a vowel.

pratyayalakṣaṇa	an operation caused by an affix which takes place even though the affix is elided: exempli gratia, for example the term षद is applied to अग्निचित्, सोमसुत् et cetera, and others on account of the words ending with a case affix although the affix of the nominative case. singular. has been elided; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम्. P.I.1. 62 and Kas, thereon.

mahābhāṣyalaghuvṛtti	name given to the short gloss on the Mahabhasya written by the famous eastern grammar-scholar Maitreya-Raksita of the twelfth century.

yalopa	dropping of the consonant य् which prevents the validity of a changed letter ( स्थानिवद्भाव ); confer, compare न पदान्तद्विर्वचनवरेयलोप......विधिषु P.I.1.58.

Vedabase Search

164 results


adhirāja	royal	SB 4.13.6

amātyaiḥ	by royal associates	SB 7.13.12-13

antaḥ-puram	the private royal precinct	SB 10.69.7-8

antaḥ-pura	of the royal precincts	SB 10.69.36

antaḥ-pura	of the royal palace	SB 10.80.24

arāja	without a royal dynasty	SB 9.10.6-7

nṛpa-āsana-āśām	hope of the royal throne	SB 3.1.29

nṛpa-āsana-āśām	hope of the royal throne	SB 3.1.29

nṛpa-āsanam	the royal throne	SB 4.12.14

vara-āsanam	royal throne	SB 4.15.14

avasita-karma-nirvāṇa-avasaraḥ	Mahārāja Bharata who ascertained the moment of the end of his royal opulence	SB 5.7.8

avasita-karma-nirvāṇa-avasaraḥ	Mahārāja Bharata who ascertained the moment of the end of his royal opulence	SB 5.7.8

rājanya-bandhuḥ	a fallen member of the royal order	SB 10.89.26-27

śiyālī bhairavī	Śiyālī-bhairavī	CC Madhya 9.74

rāja-bhavanam	the royal palace	SB 9.10.44

nṛ-deva	royal person	SB 1.16.5

yadu-deva-devaḥ	worshiped by the royal order of the Yadu dynasty	SB 3.1.12

yadu-deva-devaḥ	worshiped by the royal order of the Yadu dynasty	SB 3.1.12

dharmeṇa	in compliance with the codes of royal principles	SB 1.9.49

parameṣṭhi-dhiṣṇye	on the royal throne	SB 3.2.22

rāja-dvāre	at the gate of the royal palace	SB 10.66.25

kala-haṃsa	like that of a royal swan	SB 10.53.51-55

ibha-rāṭ	a royal elephant	SB 10.46.25

priyāla-madhuka-ińgudaiḥ	with priyālas, madhukas and ińgudas	SB 4.6.18

kala-haṃsa	like that of a royal swan	SB 10.53.51-55

rājya-kāmukaḥ	because of desiring the royal throne	SB 9.23.17

avasita-karma-nirvāṇa-avasaraḥ	Mahārāja Bharata who ascertained the moment of the end of his royal opulence	SB 5.7.8

kṣatra	of the members of the royal order	SB 10.40.20

kṣatra	royalty	SB 10.85.18

kṣatra	of the royal class	SB 12.1.6-8

kṣatram	the royal order	SB 2.5.37

kṣatram	the royal order	SB 2.7.22

kṣatre	when the whole royal class	SB 9.16.17

kṣatriya-ṛṣabham	a first-class man of the royal order	SB 10.60.17

kṣatriya	of the royal order	CC Madhya 4.101

kṣatriyāḥ	the members of the royal order	BG 2.32

kṣatriyāṇām	of the royal family	SB 9.15.16

kula	of the royal family	SB 10.52.42

rāja-kulāt	greater than the royal family	SB 4.21.37

rāja-kulyāḥ	other members of the royal families	SB 10.64.37-38

kuru-nāryaḥ	the ladies of the Kuru royalty	SB 1.10.16

rājya-sukha-lobhena	driven by greed for royal happiness	BG 1.44

priyāla-madhuka-ińgudaiḥ	with priyālas, madhukas and ińgudas	SB 4.6.18

māgadha	experts in reciting the histories of special royal families	SB 10.5.5

sūta-māgadha-vandibhyaḥ	unto the sūtas (the professional reciters of the old histories), the māgadhas (the professional reciters of the histories of royal dynasties) and the vandīs (general singers of prayers)	SB 10.5.14

mahā-rāja	royal	SB 11.29.11

maithilaḥ	of the royal dynasty descending from King Mithila (Janaka)	SB 10.86.16

mañcam	the royal platform	SB 10.44.34

rāja-mantriṇaḥ	the royal ministers	SB 12.3.3-4

mudrābhiḥ	and His royal symbols	SB 11.30.28-32

vāra-mukhyā	by royal dancing girls	SB 10.69.27

kuru-nāryaḥ	the ladies of the Kuru royalty	SB 1.10.16

nilayanam	the abode, Satyaloka	SB 6.7.23

avasita-karma-nirvāṇa-avasaraḥ	Mahārāja Bharata who ascertained the moment of the end of his royal opulence	SB 5.7.8

nṛ-deva	royal person	SB 1.16.5

nṛpa-āsana-āśām	hope of the royal throne	SB 3.1.29

nṛpa-āsanam	the royal throne	SB 4.12.14

nṛpa	royal	SB 10.45.13

parameṣṭhi-dhiṣṇye	on the royal throne	SB 3.2.22

pārameṣṭhyam	Satyaloka, where Brahmā resides	SB 2.2.26

pārameṣṭhyam	royal	SB 3.32.12-15

pārameṣṭhyam	royal	SB 6.7.13

pārameṣṭhyāni	other paraphernalia befitting a royal reception	SB 9.10.35-38

piyāla	O piyāla tree	CC Antya 15.35

piyālaiḥ	piyāla fruits	SB 8.2.9-13

prakṛtayaḥ	the dependent royal elements	SB 6.14.18

prakṛtīnām	of your royal elements (associates and paraphernalia)	SB 6.14.17

prakṛtiṣu	under these seven royal elements	SB 6.14.18

rāja-ṛṣi-pravaraḥ	most exalted among the saintly royal order	SB 5.15.6

priyāla-madhuka-ińgudaiḥ	with priyālas, madhukas and ińgudas	SB 4.6.18

priyāla	O priyāla tree (a kind of śāla tree)	SB 10.30.9

priyāla	O priyāla tree	CC Antya 15.32

tri-pṛṣṭham	the topmost planet (Satyaloka)	CC Madhya 24.21

antaḥ-pura	of the royal precincts	SB 10.69.36

antaḥ-pura	of the royal palace	SB 10.80.24

antaḥ-puram	the private royal precinct	SB 10.69.7-8

pūrva-rājabhiḥ	by the previous members of the royal family	SB 9.11.30

rāja-putraḥ	the royal prince	SB 1.12.31

rāja-sūye	a royal performance of sacrifice	SB 1.9.41

rāja-putraḥ	the royal prince	SB 1.12.31

rāja-ṛṣiḥ	saint amongst the royal order	SB 1.18.46

rāja-kulāt	greater than the royal family	SB 4.21.37

rāja-ṛṣi-pravaraḥ	most exalted among the saintly royal order	SB 5.15.6

rāja-bhavanam	the royal palace	SB 9.10.44

rāja	royal	SB 10.64.36

rāja-kulyāḥ	other members of the royal families	SB 10.64.37-38

rāja-dvāre	at the gate of the royal palace	SB 10.66.25

rāja	royal	SB 10.71.37

mahā-rāja	royal	SB 11.29.11

rāja-mantriṇaḥ	the royal ministers	SB 12.3.3-4

rāja-veśa	royal dress	CC Madhya 1.79

rāja-veśa	the royal dress	CC Madhya 11.55

rāja-siṃhāsane	the royal throne	CC Madhya 13.16

rāja-veśa	dressed like a royal prince	CC Madhya 13.129

rāja-veśa	the royal dress	CC Madhya 14.5

rāja-vaidya	royal physician	CC Madhya 15.120

rāja-vaidyera	of the royal physician	CC Madhya 15.124

rāja	royal	MM 33

rāja	royal	NBS 31-32

pūrva-rājabhiḥ	by the previous members of the royal family	SB 9.11.30

rājadhānīm	the royal capital	SB 10.50.4

rājanya-varya	great royal princes	SB 1.15.15

rājanya	of the royal order	SB 10.53.3

rājanya	of the royal order	SB 10.58.40

rājanya	of the royal order	SB 10.59.33

rājanya	of royalty	SB 10.72.22

rājanya-bandhuḥ	a fallen member of the royal order	SB 10.89.26-27

rājanya-vaiśyau	of the royal order and the vaiśyas	SB 11.5.5

rājanyaḥ	the royal order	SB 4.23.32

rājanyāḥ	members of the royal family, or kṣatriyas	SB 5.26.22

rājanyāḥ	members of the royal order	SB 10.72.28

rājanyaiḥ	by the royal family	SB 9.15.16

rājanyaiḥ	by the royal order	SB 12.2.8

rājanyān	the royal class	SB 10.64.31

rājarṣīṇām	of the saintly royal order	SB 2.8.18

rājñām	by the royal order	SB 1.9.45

rājñām	of the royal	SB 1.19.13

rājñām	unto the royal dynasties or kings (who are always very puffed up)	SB 5.13.23

rājñām	of a royal family	SB 9.20.15

rājya-sukha-lobhena	driven by greed for royal happiness	BG 1.44

rājya-kāmukaḥ	because of desiring the royal throne	SB 9.23.17

rājya	royal	SB 10.84.64

rājya	royal	SB 10.88.11

ibha-rāṭ	a royal elephant	SB 10.46.25

rathyā	with royal avenues	SB 10.41.20-23

kṣatriya-ṛṣabham	a first-class man of the royal order	SB 10.60.17

rāja-ṛṣi-pravaraḥ	most exalted among the saintly royal order	SB 5.15.6

rāja-ṛṣiḥ	saint amongst the royal order	SB 1.18.46

sabhā	of the royal assembly	SB 10.72.1-2

sabhām	the royal assembly hall	SB 10.70.17

sabhāyām	royal assembly	SB 3.1.36

sabhāyām	into the royal assembly	SB 10.56.38

sabhāyām	in the royal assembly	SB 10.66.4

sabhāyām	in the royal court	SB 10.66.36

sabhyānām	of the members of the royal assembly	SB 10.71.1

yadu-sadasi	in the royal assembly of the Yadus	SB 10.47.12

sādhya	by the residents of Sādhyaloka	SB 5.1.8

sarāṇa	the royal road	CC Antya 6.185

satya	the Satyaloka planet	SB 3.13.25

satya	the Satyaloka planetary system	SB 3.13.44

satyalokaḥ	the Satyaloka planetary system	SB 2.5.39

satyam	the planet Satyaloka	SB 8.21.1

satye	in the Satyaloka planet	SB 2.7.20

śayyām	royal bed	SB 10.68.26

rāja-siṃhāsane	the royal throne	CC Madhya 13.16

śiyālī bhairavī	Śiyālī-bhairavī	CC Madhya 9.74

sudharmā	Sudharmā, the royal council-chamber of heaven	SB 10.68.35

rājya-sukha-lobhena	driven by greed for royal happiness	BG 1.44

sūta-māgadha-vandibhyaḥ	unto the sūtas (the professional reciters of the old histories), the māgadhas (the professional reciters of the histories of royal dynasties) and the vandīs (general singers of prayers)	SB 10.5.14

rāja-sūye	a royal performance of sacrifice	SB 1.9.41

tri-pṛṣṭham	the topmost planet (Satyaloka)	CC Madhya 24.21

rāja-vaidya	royal physician	CC Madhya 15.120

rāja-vaidyera	of the royal physician	CC Madhya 15.124

rājanya-vaiśyau	of the royal order and the vaiśyas	SB 11.5.5

sūta-māgadha-vandibhyaḥ	unto the sūtas (the professional reciters of the old histories), the māgadhas (the professional reciters of the histories of royal dynasties) and the vandīs (general singers of prayers)	SB 10.5.14

vara-āsanam	royal throne	SB 4.15.14

vāra-mukhyā	by royal dancing girls	SB 10.69.27

rājanya-varya	great royal princes	SB 1.15.15

rāja-veśa	royal dress	CC Madhya 1.79

rāja-veśa	the royal dress	CC Madhya 11.55

rāja-veśa	dressed like a royal prince	CC Madhya 13.129

rāja-veśa	the royal dress	CC Madhya 14.5

yadu-deva-devaḥ	worshiped by the royal order of the Yadu dynasty	SB 3.1.12

yadu-sadasi	in the royal assembly of the Yadus	SB 10.47.12

DCS with thanks

21 results


yalopa	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 62942/72933

anyalakṣaṇa	adjective [medicine] Frequency rank 26417/72933

anyaliṅga	adjective an adjective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having the gender of another (word) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 43521/72933

anyaliṅgaka	adjective an adjective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having the gender of another (word) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 43522/72933

abhyalaṃkāra	noun (masculine) decoration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44472/72933

abhyalaṃkṛ	verb (class 8 parasmaipada) to beautify to decorate Frequency rank 32402/72933

avyalīka	adjective having no uneasiness or unpleasantness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not false (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) true (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) veracious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) well off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32757/72933

tārkṣyalakṣaṇa	noun (masculine) Kṛṣṇa (Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 53482/72933

divyalatā	noun (feminine) Sanseviera Zeylanica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 35671/72933

nirvyalīka	adjective easy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harmless (as a word) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hearty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not causing pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not feeling pain or uneasiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not offending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ready (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sincere (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) undissembling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) willing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) willingly done (as a gift) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16910/72933

vākyala	noun (neuter) silver Frequency rank 65006/72933

vācyaliṅga	adjective adjectival (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) following or having the gender of the substantive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65039/72933

vidāryalasa	noun (masculine) [medic.] a kind of mukharoga Frequency rank 65587/72933

vyalīka	adjective vyaJgya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disagreeable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hypocritical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) improper or unfit to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not false (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) offensive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) painful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) strange (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) very false or untruthful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 39778/72933

vyalīka	noun (neuter) a falsehood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) any cause of pain or uneasiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) anything displeasing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) contrariety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fraud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) grief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inversion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lie (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) misdeed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) offence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) reverse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transgression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8872/72933

śalyaloman	noun (neuter) a porcupine's quill (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67324/72933

satyaloka	noun (masculine) name of the highest of the 7 worlds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17327/72933

satyalaukika	noun (neuter) spiritual and worldly matters (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the true and the worldly (or untrue) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 68677/72933

sāmānyalakṣaṇa	noun (neuter) a definition comprising many individuals (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a generic definition or sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a specific characteristic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of various wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 40798/72933

sūryalatā	noun (feminine) Calotropis Gigantea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Polanisla Icosandra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 72040/72933

hiraṇyaloman	noun (masculine) name of a ṣi in the 5th Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 72605/72933

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


aśoka	Plant asok tree, Saraca asoca, S. indica. the bark of Polyalthia longifolia is used instead.
mālatī	1. Plant royal jasmine, jasmine flower; 2. blossom; 3. moonlight.
padmini	1. Plant fox nut, Euryale ferox; 2. Plant lotus; 3. a class of women.
rājayoga	the royal yoga, an eight step technique of yoga proponded by Patanjali in Yogasūtra.
śāstrayogam	a work on āyurveda in Malayalam.

Wordnet Search

"yal" has 28 results.


yal	khalu, nūnam, satyam, arthataḥ, tatvataḥ, vastutaḥ, avyalīkam, yathārtham, tattvena, yathātatham, yathārthataḥ, paramārthataḥ, anuṣatyam, añjasā, addhā prakṛtam eva। bhoḥ, vismṛtavān khalu bhavataḥ nāma।
yal	śasyachedanam, śasyakartanam, śasyalavanam śasyachedanasya kriyā। asmin saṃvatsare varṣāyāḥ kāraṇāt śasyachedanam vilambena jātam।
yal	anagha, niṣpāpa, akalmaṣa, avalīka, avyalīka, nirdoṣa, niraparādha, pāpahīna yaḥ pāparahitaḥ asti। anaghaḥ svargasya adhikārī bhavati iti manyante।
yal	atyalpa, alpiṣṭha yad atyantam alpam asti। atyalpā varṣā jātā ataḥ dhānyasya vapanaṃ vilambena jātam।
yal	paṇyalekhyapatram paṇyasambandhi lekhyapatram। paṇyalekhyapatrasya abhāvāt tasya vastūni sīmnī avaruddhāni।
yal	bhāgyalekhaḥ, vidhilekhaḥ bhāgyasya lekhaḥ yaḥ śaśvat manyate। bhāgyaṃ niścetuṃ brahmaṇā bhāgyalekhaḥ likhitaḥ।
yal	śalyalomaḥ śalyakaṇṭhasya loma yaḥ kaṇṭakasadṛśaḥ asti। śalyalomaḥ yajñopavitasaṃskāre upayujyate।
yal	sūryalokaḥ sūryadevasya lokaḥ। ye yuddhe vīragatiṃ prāpnuvanti te sūryaloke gacchanti।
yal	brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam। brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।
yal	pāṣaṇḍaḥ, aupadhikaḥ, kuyogī, kuhakaḥ, vipratārakaḥ, dharmadhvajī, āryaliṃgī, dhārmikaveśadhārī, kapaṭadharmī dharmam āśritya svārthaṃ yaḥ sādhnoti। pāṣaṇḍasya vacaneṣu viśvasanena mohinī anvatapyata।
yal	nirdoṣa, doṣahīna, doṣarahita, pāpaśūnya, amala, anāmaya, adoṣa, anavadya, apadoṣa, amalina, avyalīka, niṣkalaṅka doṣāt vihīnaḥ। adyayāvat mayā nirdoṣaḥ puruṣaḥ na dṛṣṭaḥ।
yal	bakulaḥ, sindhupuṣpaḥ, śāradikā, gūḍhapuṣpakaḥ, cirapuṣpaḥ, dhūkaḥ, bhramarānandaḥ, madhupuṣpaḥ, maghagandhaḥ, madyalālasaḥ, madyāmodaḥ, makulaḥ, makuraḥ, viśāradaḥ, śakradrumaḥ, śivakesaraḥ, sarvakesaraḥ, siṃhakesaraḥ, sthirapuṣpaḥ, strīmukhamadhudohadaḥ, strīmukhamadhudohalaḥ, strīmukhapaḥ, śītagandhā, dhanvaḥ, sīdhugandhaḥ, karakaḥ, kesaraḥ, cirapuṣpaḥ, dhanvī, mukuraḥ, dantadhāvanaḥ, strīmukhamadhuḥ ekasya ciraharitasya vṛkṣasya puṣpam। bakulasya sugandhaḥ tīvraḥ bhavati।
yal	raॉyala-speśala-āmram āmrāṇām ekaḥ prakāraḥ। raॉyala-speśala-āmrasya prayogaḥ dhānirakṣitasya rasasya utpādane bhavati।
yal	raॉyala-speśala-āmraḥ raॉyala-speśala-āmra iti nāmakānām āmrāṇāṃ vṛkṣaḥ। asmin varṣe kecana kṛṣakāḥ raॉyala-speśala-āmraṃ ropitum icchanti।
yal	śukaphalaḥ, vikṣīraḥ, rājārkaḥ, sūryalatā, ravipriyaḥ, pratāpaḥ, hrasvāgniḥ, sūryapatraḥ, āsphotakaḥ, śītapuṣpakaḥ, raśmipatiḥdivākaraḥ, sūraḥ, ādityapatraḥ, bahukaḥ, śivapuṣpakaḥ, vikīraṇaḥ, sūryāhvaḥ, sadāprasūnaḥ, ravipattraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, karṇaḥ, vṛṣāḥ ekā bahuvarṣīyā vanaspatiḥ। śukaphalasya patrāṇi viṣamayāni bhavanti।
yal	kārḍiyalamadyam, likyuramadyam madhuraḥ vyañjanayuktaḥ surāviśeṣaḥ। kārḍiyalamadye madyasārasya mātrā adhikā bhavati।
yal	hiraṇyalomā ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ। hiraṇyalomnaḥ varṇanaṃ vedeṣu asti।
yal	svāsthyalābhaḥ kasmādapi rogāt śanaiḥ śanaiḥ mukteḥ kriyā। svāsthyalābhāya māsasya avadhiḥ āvaśyakam।
yal	pūrvatryalindam ekaḥ grāmaḥ । patañjalinā pūrvatryalindam ullikhitam
yal	vilaṅghyalakṣaṇam prakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ । ekāra-aikārayoḥ pare svaraḥ san tayoḥ jāyamānasya parivartanasya viṣaye vilaṅghyalakṣaṇam iti prakaraṇaṃ vidyate
yal	śāṇḍilyalakṣmaṇaḥ ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ । śāṇḍilyalakṣmaṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
yal	pūrvatryalindam ekaḥ grāmaḥ । patañjalinā pūrvatryalindam ullikhitam
yal	arkakāntā, ādityakāntā, ādityatejas, ādityaparṇikā, ādityaparṇinī, bhāskareṣṭā, ravīṣṭā, varadā, saptanāmā, satyanāman, sutejā, surasambhavā, sūryāvartā, suvarcalā, sūryalatā, ādityaparṇin, saura, sauri, mārtaṇḍavallabhā ekaḥ kṣupaḥ । arkakāntāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
yal	sāmānyalakṣaṇam kṛtiviśeṣaḥ । sāmānyalakṣaṇam iti nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ kṛtīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
yal	sāmānyalakṣaṇā kṛtiviśeṣaḥ । sāmānyalakṣaṇā iti nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ kṛtīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
yal	tryalindaḥ ekaḥ grāmaḥ । tryalindaḥ pāṇinīnā parigaṇitaḥ
yal	ṛśyalobhaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । ṛśyalobhasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
yal	tryalindaḥ ekaḥ grāmaḥ । tryalindaḥ pāṇinīnā parigaṇitaḥ

Help

Credits